Adjustable Frequency Drives

Transcription

1 M-Max.1 NFX9000 Drives Product Product Selection V6-T- V6-T-3. M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives Product Product Selection V6-T-8 V6-T-9 H-Max.3 SVX9000 Drives Product Overview SVX9000 Open Drives Product Product Selection SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Product Product Selection SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels Product Product Selection V6-T-14 V6-T-17 V6-T-19 V6-T-5 V6-T-55 V6-T-78 V6-T-80.4 SPX9000 Drives Product Product Selection H-Max Series Drives Product Overview H-Max Drives Product Product Selection H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives Product Product Selection V6-T-98 V6-T-101 V6-T-138 V6-T-139 V6-T-141 CPX CFX9000 Drives Product Product Selection V6-T-149 V6-T-151 V6-T-159 V6-T CPX9000 Drives Product Product Selection V6-T-19 V6-T-00.8 LCX9000 Drives Product Product Selection V6-T- V6-T-4.9 SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Common DC Bus Drive Products Product Product Selection V6-T-39 V6-T-43 Learn Online Drawings Online An Eaton Green Solution Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-1

2 .1 NFX9000 Drives NFX9000 Drives Contents NFX9000 Drives Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams Dimensions Page V6-T-3 V6-T-3 V6-T-4 V6-T-5 V6-T-7 Product NFX9000 Adjustable Frequency AC Drives from Eaton s electrical sector are designed to provide adjustable speed control of three-phase motors. These microprocessor-based drives have standard features that can be programmed to tailor the drive s performance to suit a wide variety of application requirements. The NFX9000 volts-per-hertz product line utilizes a 3-bit microprocessor and insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBTs) which provide quiet motor operation, high motor efficiency and smooth low speed performance. The size and simplicity of the NFX9000 make it ideal for hassle free installation where size is a primary concern. Models rated at 40 volts, single- or three-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging from 1/4 to hp. Models rated at 115 volts, single-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in the 1/4 to 1/ hp size range. The standard drive includes a digital display, operating and programming keys on the keypad. The display provides drive monitoring as well as adjustment and diagnostic information. The keys are utilized for digital adjustment and programming of the drive as well as for operator control. Separate terminal blocks for control and power wiring are provided for customer connections. The drives feature RS-485 serial communications. Features and Benefits NFX9000 Adjustable Frequency AC Drives Feature Customer Benefit V/Hz control Clearly laid out and easy to understand keypad with four-character LED display, four status indicating LEDs, speed potentiometer, and five function keys One analog input, four programmable, intelligent digital inputs, one programmable relay Serial communication port (RS-485) Single-phase or three-phase input capability on 115/40 Vac rated units s and Certifications NEMA, IEEE, NEC: Design s UL Listed cul Listed CE Marked Provides 150% starting torque and advanced low speed control Most informative operator s interface in this class of VFD, provided as standard. All parameters, diagnostic information and metering values are displayed with a bright four-character LED display Provide enhanced application flexibility Direct connection to serial communications networks Operate three-phase motor with single-phase supply V6-T- Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

3 NFX9000 Drives.1 Catalog Number Selection NFX9000 Drives Product Selection NFX9000 Base Catalog Number Horsepower F5 = 1/4 hp F50 = 1/ hp 001 = 1 hp 00 = hp NFX9000 Basic Controller IP0 hp 1 Volts NFX 001 A 0 - A Series Input Ampere Single-/Three- Phase Rating Enclosure 0 = IP0 Continuous Output Ampere Rating Voltage 1 = 115 Vac = 40 Vac Catalog Number 1/ / 1.6 NFXF5A0-1 1/ 9.0/.5 NFXF50A0-1 1/ / 1.6 NFXF5A0-1/ 6.5/.5 NFXF50A / 4. NFX001A0- /9.0 7 NFX00A0- Notes 1 Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 40V or 480V NEMA B, four- or six-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only. Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or equal to the NFX9000 rated continuous output current. For 08V, 380V or 415V applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the NFX9000 rated continuous output current. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-3

4 .1 NFX9000 Drives Technical Data and Specifications General Specifications NFX9000 Drives Output Ratings Horsepower Frequency range Overload rating Frequency resolution Frequency accuracy Undervoltage carryover limit Motor Performance Motor control Constant torque Speed regulation Input Power Voltage at 50/60 Hz ±3 Hz Specification 90V 13V: 1/4 1/ hp 00 40V: 1/ hp Hz 150% for 60 seconds Digital: 0.1 Hz Digital: ±0.01% of max. frequency Analog: ±0.% of max. frequency 0.3 to 5 seconds V/Hz 0.5% of base speed 100V 10V: 10% +10%/single-phase 00V 40V: 10% +5%/single-phase 00V 40V: 10% +5%/three-phase Displacement power factor Better than 0.95 Efficiency Typically greater than 95% Design Type Microprocessor 3-bit Converter type Diode Inverter type Insulated gate bipolar transistor Waveform PWM Volts/Hertz Environment Operating temperature 10 to 40 C Humidity 0 to 90% non-condensing Maximum elevation 1000 meters (3300 ft) Enclosure Protected chassis (IP0) Protective Features Ground fault Overload protection Overcurrent Overvoltage Undervoltage Overtemperature Overload limit Set Up Adjustments, Performance Features, Operator Control and External Interface Keypad Alphanumeric display Digital indications Diagnostics LED status indicators Operator functions I/O Terminal Block Specification Analog inputs One input: 0 10 Vdc, 4 0 ma Potentiometer: 1 kohm to kohm Analog voltage: Nominal 10 Vdc (10 kohm input impedance) Analog current: Nominal 4 0 ma (50 ohm) Digital inputs Four programmable inputs Digital outputs One Form A relay contact Programmable Parameters Specification Reliability Specification Pretested components Surface mount technology (PCBs) Computerized testing Final test with full load Eaton s Engineering National network of AF drive specialists Systems and Service Note Specification, 1 x 4 character RUN/STOP and FORWARD/REVERSE Last three trips with cause Four (RUN/STOP and FORWARD/REVERSE) RUN/STOP, speed control (digital or potentiometer), RESET, MODE keys and ENTER Out of the box Factory settings loaded for quick start-up Accel. and decel. separately adjustable Linear or S Curve times: seconds DC injection braking 1 External fault Terminal input Jog Terminal input Fault reset STOP/RESET or terminal input I/O NO-NC selectable Jump frequencies Three (with adjustable width) Parameter security Programmable software lock Preset speeds Two preset speeds Reversing Keypad or terminal Speed setting Keypad, terminal or pot RUN/STOP control Keypad or terminal Stop modes Decel, coast or DC injection 1 The motor can be electronically stopped in the shortest possible time, without using an optical external braking resistor. V6-T-4 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

5 NFX9000 Drives.1 Watts Loss Catalog Number Horsepower Volts NFXF5A0-1 1/4 115 Vac 0W NFXF50A0-1 1/ 0W NFXF5A0-1/4 30 Vac 0W NFXF50A0-1/ 0W NFX001A0-1 38W NFX00A0-75W Wiring Diagrams Control Terminal Wiring (Factory Settings) RA Relay Wire Gauge: 4 AWG Torque: 4 Kgf-cm RC +10V AVI DI1 Relay Output Contact (10 Vac/Vdc 8V 3A) Power for Speed Setting Analog Voltage, Current Frequency Command Multi-Function Assistant Terminal Watts Loss 9 khz DI DI3 DI4 GND Multi-Function Input Selection 1 Digital Input Selection Digital Input Selection 3 Common Signal Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-5

6 .1 NFX9000 Drives Basic Wiring Diagram R/L1 S/L T/L3 Factory Default Settings Forward/Stop Reverse/Stop Reset Multi-Step 1 Common Signal DI1 DI DI3 DI4 GND Power Supply for Potentiometer +10V 10 ma (Max.) Master Freq. Setting 3 Analog Voltage VR 0 ~ 10 Vdc Analog Current 4 ~ 0 ma 1 R/L1 S/L T/L3 4.7 KW 4.7 KW 4.7 KW 4.7 KW +10V AVI GND +18V +18V +18V +18V Note: Do not plug a modem or telephone line to the RS-485 communication port, permanent damage may result. Terminals 1 and are the power sources for the optional copy keypad and should not be used while using RS-485 communication. Use power terminals R/L1 and S/L for single-phase connection to models NFXF5A0-1, NFXF50A0-1, NFXF5A0-, NFXF50A0- or NFX001A0-. Use power terminals R/L1, S/L and T/L3 for three-phase connection to models NFXF5A0-, NFXF50A0-, NFX001A0- or NFX00A0-. Single-phase power must not be used for model NFX00A0-. U/T1 V/T W/T3 RJ RS-485 Communication Port RA RC Relay Output Contacts 10 Vac/8 Vdc 3A Factory Default: Fault Indication 1 : +EV : GND 3 : SG- 4 : SG+ IM 3-Phase Motor Main Circuit (Power) Terminals Control Circuit Terminals Shielded Leads V6-T-6 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

7 NFX9000 Drives.1 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1/4 to hp Drive MIN..68 (68.0) 0.0 (5.0).0 (56.0) Dia. R/L1 S/L T/L3 RUN FWD REV MAX. RUN STOP! RA RC +10V AVI D1 D D3 D4 GND U/T1 V/T W/T3 STOP MODE RESET ENTER NFX V 0.5 HP 1 PHASE WARNING RS-485 RS (10.0) (13.0) (18.1) (13.4) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-7

8 . M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives M-Max Series Drives for Machinery Applications Product Eaton s M-Max Series Sensorless Vector Adjustable Frequency AC Drives are the next generation of drives specifically engineered for today s machinery applications. These microprocessor-based drives have standard features that can be programmed to tailor the drive s performance to suit a wide variety of application requirements. The M-Max product line uses a 3-bit microprocessor and insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBTs) that provide quiet motor operation, high motor efficiency, and smooth lowspeed performance. The size and simplicity of the M-Max make it ideal for hassle-free installation. Models rated at 575 volts, three-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging from 1 to 7-1/ hp. Models rated at 480 volts, three-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging from 1/ to 10 hp. Models rated at 40 volts, single- or three-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging from 1/4 to 3 hp. Models rated at 115 volts, single-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in the 1/4 to 1-1/ hp size range. The standard drive includes a digital display, and operating and programming keys on a visually appealing, efficient application programming interface. The display provides drive monitoring, as well as adjustment and diagnostic information. The keys are used for digital adjustment and programming of the drive, as well as for operator control. Separate terminal blocks for control and power wiring are provided for customer connections. Contents M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drive Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Accessories Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions Features Ease of use preset application macros, startup wizard, diagnostic capabilities Compact, space-saving design Rugged and reliable 150% for one minute, 50C rated, conformal coated boards DIN rail and screw mountable Side-by-side installation Industry leading efficiency delivers energy savings to the customer s and Certifications Product Complies with EN (004) Safety EN CE UL cul IEC RoHS compliant Page V6-T-9 V6-T-9 V6-T-10 V6-T-11 V6-T-13 Integrated EMC filters make the unit suitable for commercial and industrial networks Available in the enclosure class IP0 as standard, options for IP1 and NEMA 1 Brake chopper as standard in three-phase, applications of frames (FS) and larger Temperature-controlled fan RS-485/Modbus as standard PID controller as standard Several fieldbus options EMC (At Default Settings) EMC Category C, C3, and C4 (Level H): With an internal RFI filter option Note 1 See unit nameplate for more detailed approvals. V6-T-8 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

9 M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives. Catalog Number Selection MMX = Base catalog number Product Selection M-Max M-Max Basic Controller hp 1 Volts Current I N (A) 100% Continuous 1/ V single-phase in 30V three-phase out Notes Phase 1 = Single-phase 3 = Three-phase 1 = 10V = 30V Voltage MMX 1 1 AA 1D1 F = 480V 5 = 575V Software Designation Series AA Output Current 1D6 =1.6A 010 = 10A Nominal Input Current (A) Enclosure Class 0 = NEMA 0 or IP0 EMC Filter F = Filter N = No filter 1 Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 40V, 460V, and 575V NEMA B, four- or six-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only. Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current. For 08V, 380V, or 415V applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current. 3 For MMX11_, MMX3_, and MMX35_, there are no options for units with filters. Frame Size Option 0 = Full version Catalog Number FS MMX11AA1D7N / MMX11AAD4N / MMX11AAD8N MMX11AA3D7N / FS3 MMX11AA4D8N / V single-phase in FS1 MMX1AA1D7F0-0 1/ 30V three-phase out MMX1AAD4F0-0 3/ MMX1AAD8F FS MMX1AA3D7F / MMX1AA4D8F MMX1AA7D0F FS3 MMX1AA9D6F0-0 1/ V three-phase in FS1 MMX3AA1D7N / 30V three-phase out MMX3AAD4N / MMX3AAD8N FS MMX3AA3D7N / MMX3AA4D8N MMX3AA7D0N FS3 MMX3AA011N / V three-phase in 1.3. FS1 MMX34AA1D3F0-0 3/4 460V three-phase out MMX34AA1D9F MMX34AAD4F / FS MMX34AA3D3F MMX34AA4D3F MMX34AA5D6F FS3 MMX34AA7D6F MMX34AA9D0F / MMX34AA01F MMX34AA014F V three-phase in FS3 MMX35AA1D7N V three-phase out MMX35AAD7N MMX35AA3D9N MMX35AA6D1N / MMX35AA9D0N0-0 3 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-9

10 . M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives Accessories M-Max Copy/Paste Module Catalog Number Module is plugged onto the front of the drive to provide: upload/download of all parameters, MMX-COM-PC direct link to a PC via USB interface for parameter assignment via MaxConnect software, and copying of parameters for a series of devices or when exchanging devices. No PC required Kits 1 Type 1 and IP1 kit for frame 1 Type 1 and IP1 kit for frame Type 1 and IP1 kit for frame 3 Optional Communication Modules Communication adapter kit CANopen network card PROFIBUS DP network card with serial connection PROFIBUS DP network card with Sub-D connection DeviceNet network card Line Reactors Catalog Number 3% Line Reactor, Single-Phase 1/ hp, 40V K hp, 40V K hp, 40V K hp, 40V K % Line Reactor, Three-Phase 1/ hp, 40V K hp, 40V K hp, 40V K hp, 40V K hp, 480V K hp, 480V K hp, 480V K hp, 480V K / hp, 480V K hp, 480V K hp, 575V K hp, 575V K hp, 575V K hp, 575V K / hp, 575V K hp, 575V K Notes Catalog Number MMX-IP1-FS1 MMX-IP1-FS MMX-IP1-FS3 Catalog Number MMX-NET-XA XMX-NET-CO-A XMX-NET-PS-A XMX-NET-PD-A XMX-NET-DN-A 1 Type 1 kit provides conduit entry plate. Additional input and output reactors are available. Consult Eaton representative for a complete listing. V6-T-10 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

11 M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives. Technical Data and Specifications Ratings M-Max Basic Controller IP0 Ratings Protections Overcurrent protection Overvoltage protection Undervoltage protection Ground fault protection Overtemperature Yes protection Motor overload protection Yes Motor stall protection Yes Motor underload protection Yes Specification Programmable Parameters Trip limit 4.0 x I H instantaneously 115/30V series: 437 Vdc; 400V series: 874 Vdc; 575V series: 1048 Vdc trip level 115/30V series: 183 Vdc; 400V series: 333 Vdc; 575V series: 460 Vdc trip level Ground fault is tested before every start. In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected Application macros: basic, pump, fan and high load (hoist) Programmable start/stop and reverse signal logic (sinking or sourcing) Reference scaling Programmable start and stop functions DC-brake at start and stop Programmable V/Hz curve Adjustable switching frequency Autorestart function after fault Protections and supervisions (all fully programmable; off, warning, fault) Current signal input fault External fault Fieldbus communication Eight preset speeds Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering PID controller Skip frequencies Specifications M-Max Series Drives Specification Input Ratings Input voltage (V in ) +10%/ 15% (575V units: +15%/ 15%) Input frequency (f in ) 50/60 Hz (variation up to Hz) Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation) Output Ratings Output voltage 0 to V in 1 Continuous output current Notes Continuous rated current I N at ambient temperature max. 1 F (50 C), overload 1.5 x I N max. 1 min/10 min Output frequency 0 to 30 Hz Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz Initial output current (I H) Current x I N for seconds in every 0-second period Torque depends on motor Control Characteristics Control method Frequency control (V/Hz) open loop or sensorless vector control Switching frequency 1.5 to 16 khz; default 6 khz Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ± 1% V/Hz Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz Field weakening point 30 to 30 Hz Acceleration time 0 to 3000 sec Deceleration time 0 to 3000 sec Braking torque DC brake: 30% x T n (without brake option) Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 30V Series FS 35 ohms and FS3 6 ohms 400V Series FS 75 ohms and FS3 54 ohms 575V Series FS3 103 ohms Ambient Conditions Ambient operating 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 1 F (+50 C): Rated loadability I N temperature Storage temperature 40 F ( 40 C) to 158 F (70 C) Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC , unit in operation, Class 3C; Mechanical particles: IEC , unit in operation, Class 3S Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 380 ft (1000m); 1% derating for each 38 ft (100m) above 380 ft (1000m); max ft (000m) Vibration EN ; 3 to 150 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz Shock EN 50178, IEC UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS weights); storage and shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package) Enclosure class IP0 1 Exception: 115V single-phase in, 30V three-phase out. Only three-phase FS and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-11

12 . M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives s I/O Specifications Digital inputs DI1 DI6 are freely programmable. The user can assign multiple functions to a single input Digital, relay, and analog outputs are freely programmable AUTOGEN Ref Current Analog OUT M-Max I/O Interface Note P) Parameter-selectable function. Includes: Six digital inputs Two analog inputs 4 0 ma 0 10V One analog output One digital output Two relay outputs RS-485 interface Reliability Pretested components: standard Computerized testing: standard Final test with full load: standard Conformal-coated boards Terminal Signal Factory Preset 1 +10V Ref. output voltage Maximum load 10 ma AI1 Analog signal in 1 Freq. reference P) 0 +10V Ri = 00k ohms [min.] 3 GND I/O signal ground 6 4V 4V output for DIs ±0%, max. load 50 ma 7 GND I/O signal ground 8 DI1 Digital input 1 Start forward P) 0 +30V Ri = 1k ohms min. 9 DI Digital input Start reverse P) 10 DI3 Digital input 3 Preset speed P) A A RS-485 signal A FB communication B B RS-485 signal B FB communication 4 AI Analog signal in PI actual value P) 0[4] 0 ma, Ri = 00k ohms 5 GND I/O signal ground 13 GND I/O signal ground 14 DI4 Digital input 4 Preset speed B1 P) 0 +30V Ri = 1k ohms min. 15 DI5 Digital input 5 Fault reset P) 0 +30V Ri = 1k ohms min. 16 DI6 Digital input 6 Disable PI contr. P) 0 +30V Ri = 1k ohms min. 18 AO Analog output Output frequency P) 0() 10V, RL = 500 ohms 50 C rated 150% for one minute/ 10 mm 00% for two seconds/ 0 sec. Eaton Electrical Services and Systems: national network of AF drive specialists 0 DO Digital signal out Active = READY P) Open collector, max. load 48V/50 ma RO11 Relay out 1 Active = RUN P) Max. switching load: 50 Vac/A or 50 Vdc/0.4A 3 RO1 4 RO1 Relay out Active = FAULT P) Max. switching load: 50 Vac/A or 50 Vdc/0.4A 5 RO 6 RO3 V6-T-1 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

13 M-Max Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives. Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) M-Max Drives W H1 H H3 W1 W3 Frame Type H1 H H3 W1 W W3 D1 D FS (156.5) FS 7.68 (195.0) FS (6.5) 5.79 (147.0) 7.0 (183.0) 9.93 (5.3) 5.40 (137.3) 6.69 (170.0) 9.50 (41.3) NEMA 1/IP1 M-Max Drives and Communication Adapter Kit H W1 D.58 (65.5) 3.54 (90.0) 3.94 (100.0) D (37.8).46 (6.5).95 (75.0) W3 W Frame Type H W1 W W3 D FS (06.7) FS 9.90 (51.5) FS3 1.6 (311.5) 3.77 (95.7) 4.7 (10.0) 5.1 (130.1).99 (75.9) 3.97 (100.8) 4.36 (110.8) 3.98 (101.) 4.94 (15.5) 5.33 (135.3) 0.17 (4.5) 0. (5.5) 0. (5.5) 5.41 (137.5) 5.68 (144.) 6.3 (160.5) 3.88 (98.5) 4.00 (101.5) 4.7 (108.5) 0.7 (7.0) 0.7 (7.0) 0.7 (7.0) Weight Lbs (kg) 1.13 (0.550) (0.699).183 (0.990) D Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-13

14 .3 SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Drives Contents SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Open Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels Page V6-T-17 V6-T-5 V6-T-78 Product Overview With the SVX9000 Series Sensorless Vector Control, Eaton s expanded Eaton drive offering now covers a complete line of PWM adjustable frequency (speed) drives in ratings from: 08V 3/4 to 100 hp I H ; 1 to 100 hp I L 30V 3/4 to 100 hp I H ; 1 to 15 hp I L 480V 1 to 1900 hp I H ; 1-1/ to 00 hp I L 575V to 000 hp I H ; 3 to 300 hp I L The Eaton family of drives includes HVX9000, H-Max, M-Max, SVX9000, SLX9000 and SPX X Series drive ratings are rated for either high overload (I H ) or low overload (I L ). I L indicates 110% overload capacity for 1 minute out of 10 minutes. I H indicates 150% overload capacity for 1 minute out of 10 minutes. A full range of enclosure types and options are available to meet a wide array of applications from simple variable torque to more complex industrial applications such as conveyors, mixers and machine controls. Application Application Engineering Proper selection and application of all drive system components is essential to assure that an adjustable frequency drive system will safely and reliably provide the performance required for any given application. The party responsible for the overall design and operation of the facility must make sure that qualified personnel are employed to select all components of the drive system, including appropriate safety devices. Eaton s AF Drives Application Engineering Department is prepared to provide assistance to answer any questions about the technical capabilities of Eaton drives. Motor Selection The basic requirement of motor selection is to match the torque vs. speed capability of the motor to the torque vs. speed requirement of the driven load. Motor Torque vs. Speed Capability As the speed of a motor is reduced below its 60 Hz base speed, motor cooling becomes less effective because of the reduced speed of the self-cooling fan. This limitation determines the maximum torque for continuous operation at any operating speed. The maximum intermittent operating torque is determined by the motor s torque vs. current characteristics and the output current capability of the adjustable frequency controller. Multiple Motor Operation A number of motors can be connected in parallel to a single controller. Since the frequency of the power supplied by the controller is the same for each motor, the motors will always operate at the same speed. Application Engineering assistance must be requested for all multiple motor applications to assure compliance with all controller design limitations. Special Types of Motors NEMA Designs A and B three-phase motors are the only motors recommended for use in the majority of applications, but other types of motors are occasionally used. If the existing motor used in the application or the motor proposed for use with the drive system is a type other than NEMA Design A or B, Application Engineering assistance must be requested to make certain that the drive is properly applied. V6-T-14 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

15 SVX9000 Drives.3 Product Selection Guide Controller Selection The basic requirement of controller selection is to match the output current, voltage and frequency capabilities of the controller with the requirements of the connected motor. Output Current The controller must be selected and applied such that the average operating motor current and horsepower do not exceed the continuous current and horsepower ratings of the controller. The intermittent operating current must not exceed the intermittent current rating of the controller. Motor Protection Eaton adjustable frequency drives include electronic motor overload protection circuits that are designed to meet the requirements of NEC article 430- provided that only one motor is connected to the output of the controller. Output Voltage and Frequency When they are shipped, AF controllers are adjusted to provide a maximum output voltage and frequency equivalent to the input line voltage and frequency. The controllers can be adjusted to operate above line frequency, but a hazard of personal injury or equipment damage may exist when the motor is operated above base speed. Before adjusting the drive to operate above line frequency, make sure that the motor and the driven machinery can safely be operated at the resulting speed. Features Controller Features Operator Control and Interface Requirements Since there are many possible configurations and many ways of achieving a specific end result, it pays to consider the operator control and interface requirements carefully. A simplified and more economical drive package can often be achieved by selecting from standard product offerings rather than specifying a custom designed configuration. Installation Compatibility The successful application of an AC drive requires the assurance that the drive will be compatible with the environment in which it will be installed. In planning the installation, be sure to carefully consider the heat produced by the drive, the altitude and temperature limits and the need for clean cooling air. Other important considerations include acoustical noise, vibration, electromagnetic compatibility, power quality, controller input harmonic current and power distribution equipment requirements. Auxiliary Equipment and Accessories Adjustable drives are generally designed to have a motor directly connected to the controller output terminals with no other equipment connected in series or parallel. Motor starters, disconnect switches, surge absorbers, DV/DT suppression circuits, output chokes, output transformers and any other equipment under consideration for installation on the output of the controller should not be installed without first requesting Application Engineering assistance. Power factor correction capacitors must never, under any circumstances, be connected at the output of the controller. They would serve no useful purpose, and they may damage the controller. Enclosure Definitions NEMA Type 1/IP1 Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with enclosed equipment and provide a degree of protection against a limited amount of falling dirt in locations where unusual service conditions do not exist. Top or side openings in the NEMA Type 1/IP1 enclosure allow for the free exchange of inside and outside air while meeting the UL rod entry and rust resistance design tests. NEMA Type 1/IP54 Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against circulating dust, falling dirt and dripping noncorrosive liquids. To meet UL drip, dust and rust resistance tests, NEMA Type 1/IP54 enclosures have no openings to allow for the exchange of inside and outside air. Chassis IP00 Similar to Protected Chassis IP0 except power terminals are protected by plastic shielding only. Primarily intended to be mounted inside a surrounding protective enclosure. NEMA Type 3R Similar in design to NEMA Type 1/ IP54 except with more stringent design and test requirements. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-15

16 .3 SVX9000 Drives Motor Protection DV/DT and Peak Motor Voltage Solutions Today s AFD products offer significantly improved performance, but at the potential cost of motor insulation stress. The fast switching time of the IGBT devices used in newer AFDs can cause a transmission line effect in the output power leads to the motor, leading to possibly damaging voltage levels. To meet this need, Product Availability Codes The product availability codes indicate the type of facility (warehouse, Mod Center or factory) that the product will ship from and, if it is not in stock, the number of working days needed to assemble the NEMA has introduced a motor in MG1, Part 31, which provides an insulation system designed to maintain normal motor life in AFD applications. For existing motors, a motor protection scheme is required for longer cable runs. Eaton offers three standard solutions for existing systems. product from receipt of the order to shipment from the designated facility. Please note that this lead-time does not include any in-transit time from our facility to your facility. MotoRx This solution provides an energy recovery system which clamps the peak motor voltage to a safe level for standard motors. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive is 600 ft or less. Product Availability Codes Code W Warehouse stocked item. Shipped on customer request date. If item is backordered, please check Vista/VISTALINE or contact your Customer Support Center for product availability. F1 Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 1 working day after receipt of order on Vista. FA Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 3 working days after receipt of order on Vista. FB Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 4 10 working days after receipt of order on Vista. FC Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within working days after receipt of order on Vista. FD Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 16 0 working days after receipt of order on Vista. FP Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory on negotiated promise date. MA Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center within 1 3 working days after receipt of order on Vista. MB Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center within 4 10 working days after receipt of order on Vista. MP Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center on negotiated promise date. Product availability codes contained herein for a given product may be quantity sensitive and are subject to change without notice. For the most current information, refer to the Product Identification Inquiry (PIN) screen on Vista. Output Line Reactor This option provides an output line reactor, reducing the DV/DT of the AFD output voltage and lessening the transmission line effect, to lower the peak voltage at the motor terminals. V6-T-16 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

17 SVX9000 Drives.3 SVX9000 Open Drives Contents SVX9000 Open Drives s and Certifications Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Accessories Options Replacement Parts Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions SVX9000 Enclosed Drives SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels Page V6-T-18 V6-T-18 V6-T-19 V6-T-3 V6-T-4 V6-T-7 V6-T-34 V6-T-35 V6-T-5 V6-T-78 SVX9000 Open Drives Product SVX9000 Series Adjustable Frequency Drives from Eaton s electrical sector are the next generation of drives specifically engineered for today s commercial and industrial applications. The power unit makes use of the most sophisticated semiconductor technology and a highly modular construction that can be flexibly adapted to the customer s needs. The input and output configuration (I/O) is designed with modularity in mind. The I/O is compromised of option cards, each with its own input and output configuration. The control module is designed to accept a total of five of these cards. The cards contain not only normal analog and digital inputs but also fieldbus cards. These drives continue the tradition of robust performance, and raise the bar on features and functionality, ensuring the best solution at the right price. Features Robust design proven 500,000 hours MTBF Integrated 3% line reactors standard on drives from FR4 through FR9 EMI/RFI Filters H standard up to 00 hp I H 480V, 100 hp I H 30V Simplified operating menu allows for typical programming changes, while programming mode provides control of everything Quick Start Wizard built into the programming of the drive ensures a smooth start-up Keypad can display up to three monitored parameters simultaneously LOCAL/REMOTE operation from keypad Copy/paste function allows transfer of parameter settings from one drive to the next NEMA Type 1/ IP54 keypad on all drives The SVX can be flexibly adapted to a variety of needs using our preinstalled Seven in One precision application programs consisting of: Basic Local/remote Multi step speed control PID control Multi-purpose control Pump and fan control with auto change Additional I/O and communication cards provide plug and play functionality I/O connections with simple quick connection terminals Hand-held auxiliary 4V power supply allows programming/monitoring of control module without applying full power to the drive Control logic can be powered from an external auxiliary control panel, internal drive functions and fieldbus if necessary Brake chopper standard from: 1 30 hp/ V 3/4 15 hp/08 30V NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54 enclosures available, Frame Sizes FR4 FR9 Open chassis FR10 and greater option board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board installed in slots A and B Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-17

18 .3 SVX9000 Drives s and Certifications Product IEC Catalog Number Selection SVX9000 Product Family SVX = Open drives SVX = Open drives FR10 and greater F07 = 3/4 hp F15 = 1-1/ hp 007 = 7-1/ hp 010 = 10 hp 050 = 50 hp 15 = 15 hp 350 = 350 hp 700 = 700 hp Power Module Notes Horsepower Rating AFD Software Series A = software 800 = 800 hp 900 = 900 hp H10 = 1000 hp H1 = 100 hp H13 = 1350 hp H15 = 1500 hp H16 = 1600 hp H0 = 000 hp EMC (At Default Settings) Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements; Emissions: EN , LEVEL H Safety UL 508C SVX 010 A 1 4 A 1 B 1 Enclosure 3 0 = Chassis 1 = NEMA Type 1/IP1 = NEMA Type 1/IP54 Frame Code Horsepower Example: 150 = 150 hp (See chart above) Voltage 4 = V 5 = V Voltage Rating = 30 (08 40) V 4 = 480 ( ) V 5 = 575 (55 690) V Board Modifications 1 = boards = Conformal (varnished) coating 4 Brake Chopper Options N = No brake chopper circuit B = Internal brake chopper circuit Input Options 1 1 = Three-phase, EMC H = Three-phase, EMC N 4 = Three-phase, EMC L Keypad A = Alphanumeric FR A N S Cooling Type 1 All 30V drives and 480V drives up to 00 hp (IH) are only available with input option 1 (EMC Level H). 480V drives 50 hp (IH) or larger are available with input option (EMC Level N). 480V drives are available with input option 4 (EMC Level L). 575V drives 00 hp (IH) or larger are only available with input option. 575V drives up to 150 hp (IH) are only available with input option 4 (EMC Level L). 480V drives up to 30 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480V drives 40 hp (IH) or larger come standard with brake chopper option N. 30V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 30V drives 0 hp or larger come standard with brake chopper option N. All 575V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper V drives 50 hp (I H ) and larger are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis); 690V drives 00 hp (I H ) and larger are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis). 4 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability. A = Air S = Brake Option N = No brake chopper B = Brake chopper Options Options appear in alphabetical order. Extended I/O Card Options B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B4 = 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT + 4 Vdc B5 = 3 RO (NO) B8 = 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input Communication Cards CA = Johnson Controls N CI = Modbus TCP CJ = BACnet CK = Ethernet IP C = Modbus C3 = Profibus DP C4 = LonWorks C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector) C6 = CanOpen (slave) C7 = DeviceNet C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector) D3 = RS-3 with D9 connection Varnishing V = Varnished V6-T-18 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

19 SVX9000 Drives.3 Product Selection 30V SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Open Drives 08 40V, NEMA Type 1/IP1 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR4 W 3/ SVXF07A1-A1B / 6.6 SVX001A1-A1B1 1-1/ SVXF15A1-A1B SVX00A1-A1B SVX003A1-A1B1 FR5 W SVX004A1-A1B / 5 SVX005A1-A1B1 7-1/ SVX007A1-A1B1 FR6 W SVX010A1-A1B SVX015A1-A1B1 FR7 W SVX00A1-A1N SVX05A1-A1N SVX030A1-A1N1 FR8 W SVX040A1-A1N SVX050A1-A1N SVX060A1-A1N1 FR9 W SVX075A1-A1N SVX100A1-A1N V, NEMA Type 1/IP54 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR4 F1 3/ SVXF07A-A1B / 6.6 SVX001A-A1B1 1-1/ SVXF15A-A1B SVX00A-A1B SVX003A-A1B1 FR5 F SVX004A-A1B / 5 SVX005A-A1B1 7-1/ SVX007A-A1B1 FR6 F SVX010A-A1B SVX015A-A1B1 FR7 W SVX00A-A1N SVX05A-A1N SVX030A-A1N1 FR8 FP SVX040A-A1N SVX050A-A1N SVX060A-A1N1 FR9 FP SVX075A-A1N SVX100A-A1N1 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-19

20 .3 SVX9000 Drives 480V SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Open Drives V, NEMA Type 1/IP1 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR4 W / 3.3 SVX001A1-4A1B1 1-1/ SVXF15A1-4A1B SVX00A1-4A1B SVX003A1-4A1B SVX005A1-4A1B / 1 SVX006A1-4A1B1 FR5 W 7-1/ SVX007A1-4A1B SVX010A1-4A1B SVX015A1-4A1B1 FR6 W SVX00A1-4A1B SVX05A1-4A1B SVX030A1-4A1B1 FR7 W SVX040A1-4A1N SVX050A1-4A1N SVX060A1-4A1N1 FR8 W SVX075A1-4A1N SVX100A1-4A1N SVX15A1-4A1N1 FR9 W SVX150A1-4A1N SVX00A1-4A1N V, NEMA Type 1/IP54 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR4 F / 3.3 SVX001A-4A1B1 1-1/ SVXF15A-4A1B SVX00A-4A1B SVX003A-4A1B SVX005A-4A1B / 1 SVX006A-4A1B1 FR5 F1 7-1/ SVX007A-4A1B SVX010A-4A1B SVX015A-4A1B1 FR6 F SVX00A-4A1B SVX05A-4A1B SVX030A-4A1B1 FR7 W SVX040A-4A1N SVX050A-4A1N SVX060A-4A1N1 FR8 W SVX075A-4A1N SVX100A-4A1N SVX15A-4A1N1 FR9 W SVX150A-4A1N SVX00A-4A1N1 V6-T-0 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

21 SVX9000 Drives.3 SVX9000 Open Drives 575V SVX9000 Drives V, Open Chassis Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR10 1 W SPX50A0-4AN SPX300A0-4AN SPX350A0-4AN1 FR11 W SPX400A0-4AN SPX500A0-4AN SPX550A0-4AN1 FR1 FP SPX600A0-4AN1 W SPX650A0-4AN1 FP SPX700A0-4AN1 FR13 FP SPX800A0-4AN SPX900A0-4AN SPXH10A0-4AN1 FR14 FP SPXH1A0-4AN SPXH16A0-4AN SPXH19A0-4AN V, NEMA Type 1/IP1 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR6 W SVX00A1-5A4N SVX003A1-5A4N SVX004A1-5A4N / 10 SVX005A1-5A4N1 7-1/ SVX007A1-5A4N SVX010A1-5A4N SVX015A1-5A4N SVX00A1-5A4N SVX05A1-5A4N1 FR7 W SVX030A1-5A4N SVX040A1-5A4N1 FR8 W SVX050A1-5A4N SVX060A1-5A4N SVX075A1-5A4N1 FR9 W SVX100A1-5A4N SVX15A1-5A4N SVX150A1-5A4N SVX175A1-5A4N1 Note 1 FR10 FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-1

22 .3 SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Open Drives V, NEMA Type 1/IP54 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR6 F SVX00A-5A4N SVX003A-5A4N V, Open Chassis Drives SVX004A-5A4N / 10 SVX005A-5A4N1 7-1/ SVX007A-5A4N SVX010A-5A4N SVX015A-5A4N SVX00A-5A4N SVX05A-5A4N1 FR7 FP SVX030A-5A4N SVX040A-5A4N1 FR8 FP SVX050A-5A4N SVX060A-5A4N SVX075A-5A4N1 FR9 FP SVX100A-5A4N SVX15A-5A4N SVX150A-5A4N1 Frame Size SVX175A-5A4N1 Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR10 FP SPX00A0-5AN SPX50A0-5AN SPX300A0-5AN1 FR11 FP SPX400A0-5AN SPX450A0-5AN SPX500A0-5AN1 FR1 FP SPX550A0-5AN SPX600A0-5AN SPX700A0-5AN1 FR13 FP SPX800A0-5AN SPX900A0-5AN SPXH10A0-5AN1 FR14 FP SPXH13A0-5AN SPXH15A0-5AN SPXH0A0-5AN1 V6-T- Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

23 SVX9000 Drives.3 Accessories Demo Drive and Power Supply Demo Drive and Power Supply 9000X demo drive Hand-held 4V auxiliary power supply Used to supply power to the control module in order to perform keypad programming before the drive is connected to line voltage NEMA Type 1/IP54 Conversion Kit The NEMA Type 1/IP54 kit option is used to convert a NEMA Type 1/IP1 to a NEMA Type 1/IP54 drive. The NEMA Type 1/IP54 kit consists of a metal drive shroud, fan kit for some frames, adaptor plate and plugs. NEMA Type 1/IP54 Conversion Kit Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approximate Frame Size Delivery Code Length Width Height Weight Lb (kg) Catalog Number FR4 W 13 (330) 7 (178) 4 (10) 4 (1.8) OPTN1FR4 FR5 16 (406) 8 (03) 7 (178) 5 (.3) OPTN1FR5 FR6 1 (533) 10 (54) 5 (17) 7 (3.) OPTN1FR6 Flange Kits Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/ IP54 The flange kit is utilized when the power section is mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. Includes flange mount brackets and NEMA Type 1/IP54 fan components. Metal shroud not included. Flange kits for NEMA Type 1/IP54 enclosure drive rating are determined by rating of drive. Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/ IP54 Frames 4, 5 and 6 1 Frame Size Delivery Code Catalog Number FR4 W OPTTHRFR4 FR5 OPTTHRFR5 FR6 OPTTHRFR6 Note 1 For installation of an SVX9000 NEMA Type 1/IP1 drive into a NEMA Type 1/IP54 oversized enclosure. Catalog Number 9000XDEMO 9000XAUX4V Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/ IP54 Frames Frame Size Delivery Code Catalog Number FR4 FP OPTTHR4 FR5 FR6 FR7 FR8 FR9 OPTTHR5 OPTTHR6 OPTTHR7 OPTTHR8 OPTTHR9 Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/IP1 Flange kits for NEMA Type 1/IP1 enclosure drive rating are determined by rating of drive. Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/IP1 Frames Frame Size Delivery Code Catalog Number FR4 FP OPTTHR4 FR5 FR6 FR7 FR8 FR9 OPTTHR5 OPTTHR6 OPTTHR7 OPTTHR8 OPTTHR9 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-3

24 .3 SVX9000 Drives Options 9000X Series Option Board Kits The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards. The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. Option Boards A B C D E Option Board Kits Option Kit 1 Allowed Slot Locations Field Installed Catalog Number Factory Installed Option Designator Notes 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 3 OPTC is a multi-protocol option card. 4 SPX9000 drives only (FR10 and larger). SVX Ready Programs Local/ Basic Remote MSS PID Multi-P. PFC I/O Cards RO (NC-NO) B OPTA 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTA9 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc Extended I/O Cards RO, therm SPX only B OPTA3 A3 Encoder low volt +5V/15V/4V SPX only C OPTA4 A4 Encoder high volt +15V/4V SPX only C OPTA5 A5 Double encoder SPX only C OPTA7 A7 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1 AO SPX only A OPTA8 A8 3 DI (encoder 10 4V), out +15V/+4V, C OPTAE AE DO (pulse+direction) SPX only 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB B 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 Communication Cards Modbus 3 D, E OPTC C Johnson Controls N 3 D, E OPTC CA Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK Profibus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 Profibus DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 CanOpen (slave) 4 D, E OPTC6 C6 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 Adapter SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 Adapter SPX only D, E OPTD D RS-3 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 Keypad 9000X Series local/remote keypad KEYPAD- (replacement keypad) LOC/REM 9000X Series remote mount keypad unit (keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder, mounting hardware) OPTRMT- KIT-9000X 9000X Series RS-3 cable, 13 ft PP00104 V6-T-4 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

25 SVX9000 Drives.3 Modbus RTU Network Communications The Modbus Network Card OPTC is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the baud rate ranges from 300 to 1900 baud. Other communication parameters include an address range from 1 to 47; a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1. Profibus Network Communications The Profibus Network Card OPTC3 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Profibus-DP network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female). The baud rates range from 9.6K baud to 1M baud, and the addresses range from 1 to 17. LonWorks Network Communications The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a LonWorks network. This interface uses Network Variable Types (SNVT) as data types. The channel connection is achieved using a FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver via a single twisted transfer cable. The communication speed with LonWorks is 78 kbits/s. CanOpen (Slave) Communications The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to a host system. According to ISO11898 standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should have a nominal impedance of 10 ohms, and specific line delay of nominal 5 ns/m. 10 ohms line termination resistors required for installation. DeviceNet Network Communications The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN using a two-wire twisted shielded cable with two-wire bus power cable and drain. The baud rates used for communication include 15K baud, 50K baud and 500K baud. Johnson Controls Metasys N Network Communications The OPTC fieldbus board provides communication between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys N network. With this connection, the drive can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys system. The N fieldbus is available as a factory installed option and as a field installable kit. Modbus/TCP Network Communications The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. This interface provides a selection of standard and custom register values to communicate drive parameters. The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable over Ethernet using a supplied software tool. BACnet Network Communications The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/ Token Passing (MS/TP) RS This interface uses a collection of 30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports 9.6, 19. and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and supports network addresses Ethernet/IP Network Communications The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol networks. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. The interface uses CIP objects to communicate drive parameters (CIP is Common Industrial Protocol, the same protocol used by DeviceNet). The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable by Static, BOOTP and DHCP methods. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-5

26 .3 SVX9000 Drives Control Panel Options Factory Options Local/Remote Keypad SVX9000 Control Panel This option is standard on all drives and consists of an RS-3 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel programming and monitoring of all SVX9000 parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated from the input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location. Keypad Remote Mounting Kit This option is used to remote mount the SVX9000 keypad. The footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and mounting hardware. Miscellaneous Options Open Drive Options Brake Chopper Options The brake chopper circuit option is used for applications that require dynamic braking. Dynamic braking resistors are not included with drive Conformal (Varnished) Coating purchase. Consult the factory for dynamic braking resistors which are supplied separately. Resistors are not UL Listed. Conformal Coated Board Kits 3 Factory Installed Option Code Notes 1 Consult factory. See Product Selection on Pages V6-T-19 to V6-T-, 08 40V, V, V. Consult the factory for adder. 3 See option catalog numbers on Page V6-T-4. 4 Replace with the correct catalog number from Page V6-T-4. Example: OPTCV. 5 Construct catalog numbers for factory installed per Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T-18. A Field Installed NEMA Type 1/IP1 Catalog Number KEYPAD-LOC/REM OPTRMT-KIT-9000X 9000XDrive A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX9000. Features include: loading parameters that can be saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form, and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used. SVDrivecable 6 ft (1.8m) RS-3 cable ( gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX9000 or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading specialized applications to the drive. External Dynamic Braking Resistors Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard duty and heavy-duty. duty is defined as 0% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as 50% duty or less with 150% braking torque. Chassis Frame FR4 FR5 FR6 FR7 FR8 FR9 FR10 FR11 FR1 FR13 FR14 Delivery Code FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP Field Installed Catalog Number OPT_V 4 5 Factory Installed Option Designator Catalog Number 9000XDRIVE SVDRIVECABLE For brake chopper circuit selection and adder NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/ IP54, Chassis, consult the factory. Delivery code is FP. 1 V6-T-6 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

27 SVX9000 Drives.3 Replacement Parts SVX9000 Drives Spare Units V, Frames 4 1 Control unit Includes the control board, blue base housing, installed SVX9000 software program and blue flip cover. Does not include any OPT boards or keypad. See Page V6-T-4 for standard and option boards and keypad. SVX9000 Drives Replacement Parts 08 40V, Frames FR4 FR8 Frame hp (I H ): 3/ / / Notes 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. Catalog Number CSBS Delivery Code Catalog Number Control Board W VB005 Power Boards 1 FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB Electrolytic Capacitors W PP01000 W PP01001 W PP0100 W PP01003 W PP W PP W PP01099 Cooling Fans W PP W PP W PP W PP FC PP W PP FC PP W PP FC CP FC PP08037 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-7

28 .3 SVX9000 Drives 08 40V, Frames FR4 FR8, continued Frame hp (I H ): 3/ / / V, Frames FR4 FR9 Frame hp (I H ): 1 1-1/ / 1 7-1/ Note 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. Delivery Code Catalog Number IGBT Modules 1 1 W CP W CP W CP W CP W CP W PP010 1 W PP W PP W PP W PP W PP W PP0107 Choppers/Rectifiers 1 W CP W CP01368 Diode/Thyristor Modules W PP W CP0168 Rectifying Boards W VB W VB007 Delivery Code Catalog Number Control Board W VB005 Power Boards 1 FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB V6-T-8 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

29 SVX9000 Drives V, Frames FR4 FR9, continued Frame hp (I H ): 1 1-1/ / 1 7-1/ Notes 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. 3 PP00011 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. 4 For FR9 NEMA Type 1/IP54 you need two PP01068 internal fans. Delivery Code Catalog Number Electrolytic Capacitors W PP01000 W PP01001 W PP0100 W PP01003 W PP W PP01005 Cooling Fans W PP W PP W PP W PP FC PP FC PP W PP FC PP W PP FC CP W PP FC PP09051 IGBT Modules W CP W CP W CP W CP W CP W PP W PP010 1 W PP W PP W PP W PP W PP W PP0107 Chopper/Rectifiers 1 1 W CP W CP01368 Diode/Thyristor Modules W PP W CP W PP01037 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-9

30 .3 SVX9000 Drives V, Frames FR4 FR9, continued Frame hp (I H ): 1 1-1/ / 1 7-1/ V, Frames FR10 FR1 Frame hp (I H ): Notes Rectifying Boards Rectifying Module Sub-Assembly Power Module Sub-Assemblies 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. See Page V6-T-18 for details. 3 SPX9000 drives only (FR10 and larger). 4 Rectifying board not included. Delivery Code Catalog Number W VB W VB W VB W FR W FR ANS 1 W FR ANS Delivery Code Catalog Number Control Board W VB Shunt Boards 6 FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB00514 Driver Boards FC VB FC VB00487 Driver Adapter Board FC VB00330 ASIC Board FC VB00451 Feedback Interface Board FC VB00448 Star Coupler Board FC VB00336 Power Modules FC FR FC FR FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS V6-T-30 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

31 SVX9000 Drives V, Frames FR10 FR1, continued Frame hp (I H ): V, Frames FR6 FR9 Frame hp (I H ): / Notes 1 PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. 3 See Page V6-T-18 for details. Delivery Code Catalog Number Electrolytic Capacitors FC PP FC PP01005 Fuses FC PP FC PP01095 Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers FC VB FC PP FC PP FC PP FC FR FC FR FC FR FC FR10847 Rectifying Board FC VB00459 Delivery Code Catalog Number Control Board W VB005 Driver Boards 1 FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB Power Boards 1 FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB Power Modules 1 FC FR ANS 3 1 FC FR ANS 3 1 FC FR ANS 3 1 FC FR ANS 3 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-31

32 .3 SVX9000 Drives V, Frames FR6 FR9, continued Frame hp (I H ): / Notes 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. For NEMA Type 1/IP54, two PP01068 internal fans are needed. Delivery Code Catalog Number Electrolytic Capacitors FC PP FC PP FC PP01040 Fuses W PP01094 W PP01095 Cooling Fans W PP W PP W PP FC PP W PP FC CP W PP FC PP01080 Fan Power Supply FC VB0099 IGBT Modules FC PP FC PP FC PP0117 IGBT/Diode (Brake) FC PP01040 Diode Module FC PP0109 Diode/Thyristor Modules 3 3 FC PP FC PP0107 Rectifying Boards 1 1 FC VB FC VB00460 Rectifying Module Sub-Assemblies W FR FC FR09811 V6-T-3 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

33 SVX9000 Drives V, Frames FR10 FR1 Frame hp (I H ): Notes 1 SPX9000 drives only (FR10 and larger). Rectifying board not included. 3 See Page V6-T-18 for details. 4 PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. Delivery Code Catalog Number Component Boards W VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB0051 FC VB FC VB00336 Power Modules FC FR1081 FC FR FC FR ANS 3 1 FC FR ANS 3 1 FC FR ANS 3 3 FC FR ANS 3 3 FC FR ANS 3 3 FC FR ANS 3 Electrolytic Capacitors FC PP FC PP01099 Fuses FC PP FC PP01095 Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers FC VB FC PP FC PP FC PP FC FR FC FR FC FR FC FR10847 Fan Power Supply FC VB0099 Rectifying Boards FC VB00460 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-33

34 .3 SVX9000 Drives Technical Data and Specifications SVX9000 Drives Specification Input Ratings Input voltage (V in ) +10%/ 15% Input frequency (f in ) 50/60 Hz (variation up to Hz) Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation) High withstand rating 100 kaic Output Ratings Output voltage 0 to V in Continuous output current I H rated 100% at 1 F (50 C), FR9 and below I L rated 100% at 104 F (40 C), FR9 and below I H /I L 100% at 104 F (40 C), FR10 and above Overload current (I H /I L ) 150% I H, 110% I L for 1 min. Output frequency 0 to 30 Hz Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz Initial output current (I H ) 50% for seconds Control Characteristics Control method Frequency control (V/f) Open loop: Sensorless vector control Closed loop: SPX9000 drives only Switching frequency Frame 4 6 Frame 7 1 Frequency reference Field weakening point Acceleration time Deceleration time Braking torque Ambient Conditions Ambient operating temperature Storage temperature Relative humidity Adjustable with parameter khz; default 10 khz 1 10 khz; default 3.6 khz Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz Hz sec sec. DC brake: 30% x T n (without brake option) 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 1 F (50 C) I H (FR4 FR9) 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 104 F (40 C) I H (FR10 and up) 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 104 F (40 C) I L (all frames) 40 to 158 F ( 40 to 70 C) 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC , unit in operation, class 3C; Mechanical particles: IEC , unit in operation, class 3S Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 380 ft (1000m); 1% derating for each 38 ft (100m) above 380 ft (1000m); max. 984 ft (3000m) Vibration EN 50178, EN ; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz Shock EN 50178, EN UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package) Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP1 or NEMA 1/IP54, open chassis/ip0 Control Connections Analog input voltage Analog input current Digital inputs (6) Auxiliary voltage Output reference voltage Analog output Digital outputs Relay outputs Protections Overcurrent protection Overvoltage protection Undervoltage protection Earth fault protection Input phase supervision Motor phase supervision Overtemperature protection Motor overload protection Motor stall protection Motor underload protection Short circuit protection Specification I/O Specifications Six digital input programmable Two analog input configurable w/jumpers Two digital output programmable One analog output programmable configurable w/jumper One digital output programmable 0 to 10V, R = 00 kohms ( 10 to 10V joystick control) resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1% 0(4) to 0 ma; R i 50 ohms differential Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc +4V ±15%, max. 50 ma +10V +3%, max. load 10 ma 0(4) to 0 ma; R L max. 500 ohms; resolution 10 bit; accuracy ±% Open collector output, 50 ma/48v Two programmable Form C relay outputs switching capacity: 4 Vdc/8A, 50 Vac/8A, 15 Vdc/0.4A Trip limit 4.0 x I H instantaneously Yes Yes In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected Trips if any of the input phases are missing Trips if any of the output phases are missing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (+4V and +10V reference voltages) Specification 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V,R i >5 kohms Voltage: 0 ±10V, R i >00 kohms Current: 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohms Form C relays 50 Vac 30 Vdc amp resistive 0 0 ma, R L max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±% Open collector 48 Vdc 50 ma V6-T-34 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

35 SVX9000 Drives.3 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 9000X Open Drives NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6 D1 Voltage hp (I H ) H1 H H3 D1 D D3 W1 W R1 Dia. R Dia. FR4 30V 480V 3/ (37) FR5 30V 5 7-1/ V 7-1/ 15 (419) FR6 30V V 0 30 (558) 575V (313) 16.0 (406) 1.3 (541) H (9) 15.3 (389) 0.4 (519) H1 H D3 7.5 (190) 8.4 (14) 9.3 (37) EATON W1 W 3.0 (77) 3.9 (100) 4. (105) 4.9 (16) 5.8 (148) 6.5 (165) D R R1 R Knockouts 5.0 (18) 5.6 (143) 7.6 (195) 3.9 (100) 3.9 (100) 5.8 (148) Weight Lbs (kg) 0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) 11.0 (5) 1.1 (8) 0.5 (13) 0.3 (7) (37) 1.1 (8) 0.6 (15.5) 0.4 (9) 40.8 (19) 1.5 (37) Knockouts at Inches (mm) N1 (O.D.) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-35

36 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6 W D W5 H8 H4 FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit W1 W H1 H H3 H4 H5 D1 D Dia. A FR4 5.0 (18) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 1.8 (35) 1.9 (37) 1. (30) 0.9 () 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7) FR5 5.6 (143) 4.7 (10) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (40) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (14) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7) FR6 7.7 (195) 6.7 (170).0 (560) 1.6 (549).0 (558) 1. (30) 0.8 (0) 9.3 (37) 4. (106) 0.3 (7) Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6 H H1 H3 H7 Flange Opening FR4 to FR6 H6 W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B FR4 4.8 (13) 4.5 (113) 1.4 (315) 1.8 (35) 0. (5) 0.3 (7) FR5 5.3 (135) 4.7 (10) 16. (410) 16.5 (40) 0. (5) 0.3 (7) FR6 7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6. (157) 1. (539) 1.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0. (5) 0.3 (7) Dia. A D1 H5 W4 H9 Dia. B W3 W1 V6-T-36 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

37 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR7 D D3 Knockouts R Voltage hp (I H ) H1 H H3 D1 D D3 W1 W R1 Dia. R Dia. Weight Lbs (kg) W W1 30V (630) 4. (614) 3. (590) 10.1 (57) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (37) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77. (35) 3 at 1.5 (37) 480V V H1 H H3 R1 D1 R Knockouts at Inches (mm) N1 (O.D.) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-37

38 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR8 W1 W R R1 D1 Voltage hp (I H ) D1 H1 H H3 W1 W R1 Dia. R Dia. Weight Lbs (kg) 30V (344) 30.1 (764) 8.8 (73) 8.4 (71) 11.5 (91) 10 (55) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 17 (58) 480V V H1 H H3 V6-T-38 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

39 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8 W4 W D H1 W5 W6 H13 H6 H4 H9 W1 W W3 W4 H1 H H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D Dia. A FR7 9.3 (37) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (70) 10.0 (53) 4.9 (65) 4.8 (63) 4.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (3) 0.8 (0) 10.1 (57) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6) FR8 11. (85) 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 3.8 (83) 9.3 (745) 10. (58) 10.4 (65) 1.7 (43). (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9) Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8 H4 H H1 H3 H9 Flange Opening FR7/FR8 H8 W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H1 H13 Dia. B FR7 9. (33) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (53) 4.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (3) 1.0 (5) 0.3 (6) FR (301) 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10. (58) 10.4 (65) 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9) H5 H10 Dia. A H7 H11 Dia. B D1 W7 W3 W1 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-39

40 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR9 D1 R H1 H H3 Voltage hp (I H ) H1 H H3 D1 D W1 W R1 Dia. R Dia. Weight Lbs (kg) 30V (1150) 44.1 (110) 4.4 (1076) 13.4 (340) 14.3 (36) 18.9 (480) 15.7 (400) 0.8 (0) 0.4 (9) 31.9 (146) 480V V R1 W W1 D R V6-T-40 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

41 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54 FR9, continued H6 W5 W5 B- B+ /R+ R- PE H4 H3 W4 W3 W W1 H H1 H5 D3 Dia. D1 D W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 H6 1 D1 D D3 Dia (480) 15.7 (400) 6.5 (165) 0.4 (9).1 (54) 45.3 (1150) 44.1 (110) 8.3 (71) 8.0 (05) 0.6 (16) 7.4 (188) 14. (361.5) 13.4 (340) 11. (85) 0.8 (1) Note 1 Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-41

42 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit D1 H5 W3 H6 H4 H H3 H3 H3 H5 Flange Opening FR9 H1 W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D D3 Dia. 0.9 (530) 0.0 (510) 19.1 (485) 7.9 (00) 0. (5.5) 51.7 (131) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (40) 3.9 (100) 1.4 (35) 0.4 (9) 0.1 () 4.9 (36) 13.4 (340) 4.3 (109) 0.8 (1) Dia. H4 H7 W5 D3 W4 W4.0 (5) Dia. W1 D W V6-T-4 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

43 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR10 Freestanding H1 W1 W W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H H3 D1 D D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. Dia (595) H H3.46 (6.5) 4.53 (115) 0.79 (0) W (151).95 (75) Operator (Shown with Optional Disconnect) (79) (018) D (1900) W4 D W 0.18 (51.5) Dia (60) W7 W6 W (443) Dia. W3 W3 W3 W3 D (483) W (1) W4 Dia. 3 D4 W D5 11. (85) D6 D (447) 0.08 (510) 0.83 (1) 1.89 (48) 0.43 (11) Weight Lbs (kg) 857 (389) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-43

44 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR10 Open Chassis 1 W3 W D3 H5 Voltage hp (I H ) W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D D3 D4 480V V (500) 16.7 (45) H7 1. (30) H3 H4.6 (67) H H1 1.8 (35) 45.9 (1165) 44.1 (111) 34.6 (879) 33.5 (850) Note X FR1 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions. H6 0.7 (17) W5 W4 D4 4.7 (67) D D (75) 19.9 (506) 17.9 (455) 16.7 (43) 16.6 (41) Weight Lbs (kg) 518 (35) W1 V6-T-44 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

45 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1, FR11 Freestanding Drive H1 H H3 Voltage hp (I H ) W1 W W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H H3 D1 D D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. Dia (794).40 (61) W (165) 0.79 (0) 3.43 (87).95 (75).5 (64) D3 Operator (Shown with Optional Disconnect) 1.18 (30) W4 D W (018) W5 W8 W6 W6 W6W7 W7W6 W6 W (1900) Dia. 1 Dia. W3 W3 W3 W (51.5) D (60) 11. (85) (485) 0.47 (1) Dia. 3 W D4 D (447) 0.83 (1) 1.89 (48) 0.35 x 0.43 (9 x 11) Weight Lbs (kg) 56 (39) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-45

46 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR11 Open Chassis W3 W W Shown without terminal cover W1 D H Voltage hp (I H ) W1 W W3 H1 H D1 D H1 Weight Lbs (kg) 480V (709) 8.86 (5).6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378) 575V W3 W W D1 V6-T-46 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

47 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR13, Open Chassis Inverter Dia. 4 W3 D6 D8 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1 D1 D W1 D7 D5 D6 H3 H1 H4 Dia. W W W W H Dia. 3 D4 D4 H5 Dia. 3 W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 D1 D D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D (708) 5.91 (150) 6.65 (677) 4.57 (116) 3.35 (85) (1055).46 (6.5) (101.5) (1050) Notes 9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions. FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions (0) 1.77 (553) D (13) W5 W5 W (16) 1.97 (50) 1.06 (7) 1.57 (40) 5.91 (150) 9.64 (44.8) Dia x0.59 (9x15) Dia (4.6) Dia (13) Dia (9.5) Weight Lbs (kg) 683 (310) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-47

48 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR13, Open Chassis Converter Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 H3 W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 D1 D D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. Dia (476) 5.91 (150) 17.5 (445) 4.57 (116) 3.35 (85) Number of Input Units 480V Catalog Number hp Input Modules (1055).46 (6.5) (101.5) (1050) 690V Catalog Number 0.69 (17.5) (373) SPX800A0-4AN1 800 SPX800A0-5AN1 800 SPX900A0-5AN1 900 D1 D D3 hp SPXH10A0-5AN W W (13) Input Modules W3 Dia. 3 W1 W 0.73 (18.5) W5 6.4 (163) D6 H.56 (65) D9 D8 D7 H1 Dia (7) 1.57 (40) D (150) D5 D5 H5 Dia. 5.4 (133) H4 0.35x0.59 (9x15) 0.51 (13) 0.37 (9.5) Weight Lbs (kg) 95 (134) V6-T-48 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

49 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR13, Open Chassis Converter 900/1000 hp 480V Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 H3 W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 D1 D D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D (708) 5.91 (150) Number of Input Units 480V Catalog Number 6.65 (677) 4.57 (116) hp 3.35 (85) SPX900A0-4AN SPXH10A0-4AN (1055) Input Modules.46 (6.5) (101.5) D (1050) 0.69 (17.5) (373) D Dia. D (13) W W (18.5) 6.4 (163) W W3 Dia (65) W1 W5 W 1.06 (7) 1.57 (40) W W (150) D6 H 5.4 (133) D9 D8 D7 H1 Dia x0.59 (9x15) D4 Dia (4.6) D5 D5 H5 Dia. 3 Dia (13) Dia (9.5) H4 Weight Lbs (kg) 443 (01) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-49

50 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) AC Choke Dimensions Choke Types Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 Voltage Range V Voltage Range V SPX 50 4 FR10 CHK0400 SPX 00 5 FR10 CHK061 SPX CHK050 SPX 50 5 CHK0400 SPX CHK050 SPX CHK0400 SPX FR11 x CHK0400 SPX FR11 CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX x CHK0400 SPX FR1 x CHK050 SPX FR1 x CHK0400 SPX x CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX x CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX FR13 x CHK0400 SPX FR13 x CHK0400 SPX x CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX H x CHK050 SPX H10 5 x CHK0400 SPX H1 4 FR14 4 x CHK050 SPX H13 5 FR14 4 x CHK0400 SPX H x CHK0400 SPX H x CHK0400 CHK050 Note 8.03 (04) 5.70 (145) 9.61 (44) 1.69 (43) 3.03 (77).83 (1).55 (14) 1 Chokes are provided with all FR10 FR14 drives..79 (0) 1.58 (40) (165) (497) (00) 6.50 (165).79 (0) (399).4 (6) (446) V6-T-50 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

51 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) CHK0400 CHK (10) 9.37 (38) 5.51 (140) (6) 8.11 (06) 4.5 (108) 9.06 (30) 1.54 (39).64 (67) 1.54 (39).87 ().75 (19).75 (19) Min (354).59 (15).59 (15).59 (15) 1.18 (30).59 (15) 1.18 (30) 4.7 (10) (350) (10) 5.90 (150) 4.7 (10) (75) (350) 4.7 (10) (150) (75).4 (6).4 (6) (41) (383) (357) (319) (87) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-51

52 .3 SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Contents SVX9000 Open Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Product Identification Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Options Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagram Dimensions SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels Page V6-T-17 V6-T-53 V6-T-54 V6-T-55 V6-T-59 V6-T-65 V6-T-66 V6-T-67 V6-T-78 SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Product Enclosed covers a wide range of the most commonly ordered options. Pre-engineering eliminates the lead time normally associated with customer specific options. Modified Enclosed applies to specific customer requirements that vary from the standard enclosed offering, such as the need for an additional indicating light or minor modifications to drawings. Consult your Eaton representative for assistance in pricing and lead time. Custom Engineered for those applications with more unique or complex requirements, these are individually engineered to the customer s needs. Consult your Eaton representative for assistance in pricing and lead time. Features NEMA Type 1/IP1 or NEMA Type 1/IP54 enclosures Input voltage: 08V, 30V, 480V and 575V (consult factory) Complete range of control, network and power options Horsepower range: 08V 3/4 to 100 hp I H ; 1 to 100 hp I L 30V 3/4 to 100 hp I H ; 1 to 100 hp I L 480V 1 to 700 hp I H ; 1-1/ to 800 hp I L HMCP padlockable s and Certifications UL Listed cul Listed V6-T-5 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

53 SVX9000 Drives.3 Product Identification Enclosed 9000X Series Drive 1 1 Door mounted keypad (included as standard with bypass option) SVX9000 variable frequency drive 3 Input disconnect (HMCP) Option P1 4 Input line fuses Option P3 5 Input contactor (included as standard with bypass option) Output contactor Option PE (included as standard with bypass option) 7 Bypass contactor Option RB Option RA 8 Overload relay Option PH Option PI V control transformer Option KB 10 Bypass pilot lights and selector switches Option RB Option RA Option L Option KF 11 Customer control and signal connection terminal block 1 Control relay Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-53

54 .3 SVX9000 Drives Catalog Number Selection SVX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54 Drives Product Family SVX = Enclosed drives F07 = 3/4 hp 001 = 1 hp F15 = 1-1/ hp 00 = hp 003 = 3 hp 005 = 5 hp 007 = 7-1/ hp 010 = 10 hp 015 = 15 hp 00 = 0 hp Horsepower Rating 05 = 5 hp 030 = 30 hp 040 = 40 hp 050 = 50 hp 060 = 60 hp 075 = 75 hp 100 = 100 hp 15 = 15 hp 150 = 150 hp 00 = 00 hp Voltage Rating 1 = 08V = 30V 4 = 480V 50 = 50 hp 300 = 300 hp 350 = 350 hp 400 = 400 hp 500 = 500 hp 550 = 550 hp 600 = 600 hp 650 = 650 hp 700 = 700 hp 800 = 800 hp Enclosure Rating 1 = NEMA Type 1/IP1 = NEMA Type 1/IP54 6 = NEMA Type 1/IP54 filtered Application Torque/Braking A = I L /no brake chopper B = I L /internal brake chopper D = I H /no brake chopper E = I H /internal brake chopper Enclosed Style A = Enclosed drive SVX F A A Enclosed Options 145 Door-mounted speed potentiometer 3 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch psig follower HAND/OFF/AUTO switch ( mm) MANUAL/AUTO ref switch ( mm) START/STOP pushbuttons ( mm) 115V control transformer (550 VA) Bypass test switch for RA and RB elapsed time meter Power on and fault pilot lights Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB bypass options Green RUN light ( mm) Green STOP light ( mm) Red RUN light Red STOP light ( mm) White power on light ( mm) Misc. light ( mm) Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kaic Disconnect switch 7 Input line fuses (00 kaic) Input power surge protection Output contactor Output filter MotoRx (up to 600 ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT filter Single overload relay Dual overload relays Dual overloads for bypass Manual HOA bypass controller Manual IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Floor stand in Floor stand 1 in 10 in expansion 0 in expansion Space heater C = Modbus C3 = Profibus DP C4 = LonWorks C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector) Communication Options 6 C6 = CanOpen (slave) C7 = DeviceNet C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector) Notes 1 Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel. Brake chopper is a factory installed option only, see drive options on Page V6-T-18. External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory. 3 Includes local/remote speed reference switch. 4 Some options are voltage and/or horsepower specific. Consult your Eaton representative for details. 5 See Pages V6-T-61 and V6-T-6 for descriptions. 6 See Pages V6-T-59 and V6-T-60 for complete descriptions. 7 Applicable only with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs. 8 Consult Eaton for availability. K1 K K3 K4 K5 K6 KB KF KO L1 L LA LD LE LF LJ LU P1 P P3 P7 PE PF PG PH PI PN RA RB RC RD S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B4 = 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc HT VB Build Alphabetically and Numerically Control Options Engineered Options High temperature rating for 50 C (FR10 and above) 8 Varnished boards Type Control Control Control Control Control Control Control Addl. bypass Control Light Addl. bypass Light Light Light Light Light Light Input Input Input Input Output Output Output Output Output Addl. bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure CA = Johnson Controls N CI = Modbus TCP CJ = BACnet CK = Ethernet IP C3 = RS-3 with D9 connection B5 = 3 RO (NO) B8 = 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input V6-T-54 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

55 SVX9000 Drives.3 Product Selection When Ordering Select a base catalog number that meets the application requirements nominal horsepower, voltage and enclosure rating (the enclosed drive s continuous output amp rating should be equal to or 08V Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Input Base Drives Enclosure Size 1 hp Current (A) greater than the motor s full load amp rating). The base enclosed package includes a standard drive, door mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. NEMA Type 1/IP1 Frame Size Base Catalog Number Notes For brake chopper options, see Page V6-T See enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-67. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. 3 These units are current rated (75 I L hp 05 amps, 100 I L hp 61 amps). They are not hp rated. If dynamic brake chopper or control/communication option is desired, change the appropriate code in the base catalog number. NEMA Type 1/IP54 Frame Size Base Catalog Number High Overload Drive and Enclosure 0 3/ SVXF0711EA 4 SVXF071EA SVX00111EA SVX0011EA 1-1/ 6.6 SVXF1511EA SVXF151EA 7.8 SVX0011EA SVX001EA 3 11 SVX00311EA SVX0031EA SVX00511EA 5 SVX0051EA 7-1/ 5 SVX00711EA SVX0071EA SVX01011EA 6 SVX0101EA SVX01511EA SVX0151EA SVX0011DA 7 SVX001DA 5 75 SVX0511DA SVX051DA SVX03011DA SVX0301DA SVX04011DA 8 SVX0401DA SVX05011DA 8 SVX0501DA SVX06011DA 8 SVX0601DA SVX07511DA 9 SVX0751DA SVX10011DA SVX1001DA Low Overload Drive and Enclosure SVX00111BA 4 SVX0011BA 1-1/ 6.6 SVXF1511BA SVXF151BA 7.8 SVX0011BA SVX001BA 3 11 SVX00311BA SVX0031BA SVX00511BA 5 SVX0051BA 7-1/ 5 SVX00711BA SVX0071BA SVX01011BA SVX0101BA SVX01511BA 6 SVX0151BA 0 61 SVX0011BA SVX001BA SVX0511AA 7 SVX051AA SVX03011AA SVX0301AA SVX04011AA SVX0401AA SVX05011AA 8 SVX0501AA SVX06011AA 8 SVX0601AA SVX07511AA 8 SVX0751AA SVX10011AA 9 SVX1001AA Select enclosed options. Add the codes as suffixes to the base catalog number in alphabetical and numeric order. Read all footnotes. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-55

56 .3 SVX9000 Drives 30V Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Input Base Drives Enclosure Size 1 hp Current (A) NEMA Type 1/IP1 Frame Size Base Catalog Number Notes For brake chopper options, see Page V6-T See enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-67. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. 3 This unit is current rated (100 I L hp 100 amps, 61 I L hp). It is not hp rated. NEMA Type 1/IP54 Frame Size Base Catalog Number High Overload Drive and Enclosure 0 3/ SVXF071EA 4 SVXF07EA SVX0011EA SVX001EA 1-1/ 6.6 SVXF151EA SVXF15EA 7.8 SVX001EA SVX00EA 3 11 SVX0031EA SVX003EA SVX0051EA 5 SVX005EA 7-1/ 5 SVX0071EA SVX007EA SVX0101EA 6 SVX010EA SVX0151EA SVX015EA SVX001DA 7 SVX00DA 5 75 SVX051DA SVX05DA SVX0301DA SVX030DA SVX0401DA 8 SVX040DA SVX0501DA 8 SVX050DA SVX0601DA 8 SVX060DA SVX0751DA 9 SVX075DA SVX1001DA SVX100DA Low Overload Drive and Enclosure SVX0011BA 4 SVX001BA 1-1/ 6.6 SVXF151BA SVXF15BA 7.8 SVX001BA SVX00BA 3 11 SVX0031BA SVX003BA SVX0051BA 5 SVX005BA 7-1/ 5 SVX0071BA SVX007BA SVX0101BA SVX010BA SVX0151BA 6 SVX015BA 0 61 SVX001BA SVX00BA SVX051AA 7 SVX05AA SVX0301AA SVX030AA SVX0401AA SVX040AA SVX0501AA 8 SVX050AA SVX0601AA 8 SVX060AA SVX0751AA 8 SVX075AA SVX1001AA 9 SVX100AA V6-T-56 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

57 SVX9000 Drives.3 480V Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Input Base Drives Enclosure Size 1 hp Current (A) NEMA Type 1/IP1 Frame Size Base Catalog Number NEMA Type 1/IP54 Frame Size Base Catalog Number High Overload Drive and Enclosure SVX00114EA 4 SVX0014EA 1-1/ 3.3 SVXF1514EA SVXF154EA 4.3 SVX0014EA SVX004EA SVX00314EA SVX0034EA SVX00514EA SVX0054EA 7-1/ 1 5 SVX00714EA 5 SVX0074EA SVX01014EA SVX0104EA 15 3 SVX01514EA SVX0154EA SVX0014EA 6 SVX004EA 5 38 SVX0514EA SVX054EA SVX03014EA SVX0304EA SVX04014DA 7 SVX0404DA 50 7 SVX05014DA SVX0504DA SVX06014DA SVX0604DA SVX07514DA 8 SVX0754DA SVX10014DA SVX1004DA SVX1514DA 8 SVX154DA SVX15014DA 9 SVX1504DA SVX0014DA SVX004DA 6, SVX5014DA 10 SVX5064DA SVX30014DA SVX30064DA SVX35014DA SVX35064DA 8, SVX40014DA 11 SVX40064DA SVX50014DA SVX50064DA SVX55014DA SVX55064DA SVX60014DA 1 SVX60064DA SVX65014DA SVX65064DA SVX70014DA SVX70064DA Notes For brake chopper options, see Page V6-T See enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-67. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. 3 The smaller enclosure Size 6 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and input line fuses (P3). Bypass and other options require Size 8. Adding any standard control option will not require the larger enclosure. 4 For other options, consult factory. 5 The smaller enclosure Size 8 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and input line fuses (P3). Bypass and other options require Size 9. Adding any standard control option will not require the larger enclosure. 6 Consult Eaton. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-57

58 .3 SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Input Base Drives, continued NEMA Type 1/IP1 Enclosure Size 1 hp Current (A) Frame Size Base Catalog Number NEMA Type 1/IP54 Frame Size Base Catalog Number Low Overload Drive and Enclosure 0 1-1/ SVXF1514BA 4 SVXF154BA 4.3 SVX0014BA SVX004BA SVX00314BA SVX0034BA SVX00514BA SVX0054BA 7-1/ 1 SVX00714BA SVX0074BA SVX01014BA 5 SVX0104BA 15 3 SVX01514BA SVX0154BA 0 31 SVX0014BA SVX004BA SVX0514BA 6 SVX054BA SVX03014BA SVX0304BA SVX04014BA SVX0404BA SVX05014AA 7 SVX0504AA SVX06014AA SVX0604AA SVX07514AA SVX0754AA SVX10014AA 8 SVX1004AA SVX1514AA 8 SVX154AA SVX15014AA SVX1504AA SVX0014AA 9 SVX004AA SVX5014AA SVX504AA 6, SVX30014AA 10 SVX30064AA SVX35014AA SVX35064AA SVX40014AA SVX40064AA 8, SVX50014AA 11 SVX50064AA SVX55014AA SVX55064AA SVX60014AA SVX60064AA SVX65014AA 1 SVX65064AA SVX70014AA SVX70064AA SVX80014AA SVX80064AA Notes For brake chopper options, see Page V6-T See enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-67. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. 3 The smaller enclosure Size 6 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and input line fuses (P3). Bypass and other options require Size 8. Adding any standard control option will not require the larger enclosure. 4 For other options, consult factory. 5 The smaller enclosure Size 8 accommodates only power options, input disconnect (P1) and input line fuses (P3). Bypass and other options require Size 9. Adding any standard control option will not require the larger enclosure. 6 Consult Eaton. V6-T-58 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

59 SVX9000 Drives.3 Options 9000X Series Option Board Kits The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards. The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. Option Boards A B C D E Option Board Kits Option Kit 1 Allowed Slot Locations Field Installed Catalog Number Factory Installed Option Designator Notes 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 3 OPTC is a multi-protocol option card. SVX Ready Programs Local/ Basic Remote MSS PID Multi-P. PFC I/O Cards RO (NC-NO) B OPTA 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTA9 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc Extended I/O Cards RO, therm SPX only B OPTA3 A3 Encoder low volt +5V/15V/4V SPX only C OPTA4 A4 Encoder high volt +15V/4V SPX only C OPTA5 A5 Double encoder SPX only C OPTA7 A7 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1 AO SPX only A OPTA8 A8 3 DI (encoder 10 4V), out +15V/+4V, C OPTAE AE DO (pulse+direction) SPX only 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB B 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 Communication Cards 3 Modbus D, E OPTC C Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK Johnson Controls N D, E OPTC CA Profibus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 Profibus DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 CanOpen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 Adapter SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 Adapter SPX only D, E OPTD D RS-3 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 Keypad 9000X Series local/remote keypad KEYPAD- LOC/REM 9000X Series remote mount keypad kit (keypad OPTRMT- not included) KIT-9000X 9000X Series RS-3 cable, 13 ft PP00104 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-59

60 .3 SVX9000 Drives Modbus RTU Network Communications The Modbus Network Card OPTC is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the baud rate ranges from 300 to 1900 baud. Other communication parameters include an address range from 1 to 47; a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1. CanOpen (Slave) Communications The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to a host system. According to ISO11898 standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should have a nominal impedance of 10 ohms, and specific line delay of nominal 5 ns/m. 10 ohms line termination resistors required for installation. Modbus/TCP Network Communications The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. This interface provides a selection of standard and custom register values to communicate drive parameters. The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable over Ethernet using a supplied software tool. Ethernet/IP Network Communications The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol networks. It includes an RJ- 45 pluggable connector. The interface uses CIP objects to communicate drive parameters (CIP is Common Industrial Protocol, the same protocol used by DeviceNet). The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable by Static, BOOTP and DHCP methods. Profibus Network Communications The Profibus Network Card OPTC3 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Profibus-DP network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female). The baud rates range from 9.6K baud to 1M baud, and the addresses range from 1 to 17. LonWorks Network Communications The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a LonWorks network. This interface uses Network Variable Types (SNVT) as data types. The channel connection is achieved using a FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver via a single twisted transfer cable. The communication speed with LonWorks is 78 kbits/s. DeviceNet Network Communications The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN using a two-wire twisted shielded cable with two-wire bus power cable and drain. The baud rates used for communication include 15K baud, 50K baud and 500K baud. Johnson Controls Metasys N Network Communications The OPTC fieldbus board provides communication between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys N network. With this connection, the drive can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys system. The N fieldbus is available as a factory installed option and as a field installable kit. BACnet Network Communications The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/ Token Passing (MS/TP) RS This interface uses a collection of 30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports 9.6, 19. and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and supports network addresses SVX Conversion Kit Frame Frame Size Enclosure Size Delivery Code Catalog Number FR4 0 FB10 OPTCON-SVXFR4-SZ00 1 OPTCON-SVXFR4-SZ01 FR5 0 FB10 OPTCON-SVXFR5-SZ00 1 OPTCON-SVXFR5-SZ01 FR6 1 FB10 OPTCON-SVXFR6-SZ01 OPTCON-SVXFR6-SZ0 FR7 FB10 OPTCON-SVXFR7-SZ0 Note 1 The kit consists of a flange kit, adapter plate(s), hardware, remote keypad kit and SVX9000 decal. V6-T-60 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

61 SVX9000 Drives.3 Control/Communication Option s For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required. Available Control/Communications Options Option Option Type K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses Control the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal. K Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from Control door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 0 ma signal. K PSIG Follower Provides a pneumatic transducer which converts a 3 15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0 8 Vdc or a 1 9 Vdc signal interface with the SVX9000. Control The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects to the user s pneumatic control system via 6 ft (1.8m) of flexible tubing and a 1/4 in (6.4 mm) brass tube union. K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of Control operation. HAND mode is defaulted to k (keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus. K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch Provides a door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. Control KB 115V Control Transformer, 550 VA Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115V for customer use. Control KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass controller. The test switch is Addl. bypass mounted on the inside of the enclosure door. KO Elapsed Time Meter Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light has occurred. L Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light that indicates when the Addl. bypass motor is running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches. LA Green RUN Light ( mm) Provides a green run light that indicates the drive is running. Light LD Green STOP Light ( mm) Provides a green light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light LE Red RUN Pilot Light ( mm) Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light LF Red STOP Light ( mm) Provides a red stop light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light LJ White Power On Light ( mm) The mm white light that illuminates when the drive assembly is powered. Light LU Misc. Light ( mm) Provides a misc. user defined pilot light. User to define light function and color. Light P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kaic High Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector (HMCP) that provides a means of short circuit protection for the power Input cables between it and the SVX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. P Disconnect Switch Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54 freestanding drives. Allows a convenient means of Input disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure. P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 00 kaic Provides high-level fault protection of the SVX9000 input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the Input power transistors. This option consists of three 00 ka fuses, which are factory mounted in the enclosure. P7 MOV Surge Suppressor Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients. Input PE Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive s run or Output permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass options RB and RA include an output contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure. PF Output Filter Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The output filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30m) with a Output drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10m) with a drive of hp and below, or for a drive rated at V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. PG MotoRx ( ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT Filter Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% Output line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the output filter (See option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive is ft (91 183m). This option can not be used with the brake chopper circuit. The output filter (option PF) should be investigated as an alternative. PH Single Overload Relay Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on configurations without bypass options. It is included with the bypass configurations for overload current protection in the bypass mode. The overload relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually resettable. Heater pack included. Output Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-61

62 .3 SVX9000 Drives For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required. Available Control/Communications Options, continued Option Option Type PI Dual Overload Relays This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The Output standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included. PN Dual Overloads for Bypass This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the bypass mode and overload current protection is needed Addl. bypass for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) 3-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC Bypass motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page V6-T-66). RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller The manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) 3-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing Bypass the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector switch. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page V6-T-66). RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) 3-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing Bypass the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to across the line operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page V6-T-66). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position. RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller The auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) 3-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to across the line operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector switch. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page V6-T-66). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position. Bypass S5 Floor Stand in Converts a Size 1 or, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of in (558.8 mm). Enclosure S6 Floor Stand 1 in Converts a Size, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of 1 in (304.8 mm). Enclosure S7 10 in Expansion In a Size 5 enclosure, the extension allows for bottom cable entry and additional space for customer mounted components. Enclosure NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1/IP1 only. S8 0 in Expansion In a Size 5 enclosure, the extension allows for bottom cable entry and additional space for customer mounted components. When the output filter Enclosure (option PF) is selected for a drive using a Size 5 enclosure, this expansion box is required and included in the option pricing. Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1/IP1 only. S9 Space Heater Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. A 00W heater is installed in enclosures 0 and 1, and a 400W heater is installed in enclosures 5. Requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source. Enclosure V6-T-6 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

63 SVX9000 Drives.3 Enclosed Drive Options Brake Chopper Options The brake chopper circuit option is used for applications that require dynamic braking. Dynamic braking resistors are not included with drive Conformal (Varnished) Coating Chassis Frame FR4 FR5 FR6 FR7 FR8 FR9 FR10 FR11 FR1 FR13 FR14 Delivery Code FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP purchase. Consult the factory for dynamic braking resistors which are supplied separately. Resistors are not UL Listed. For brake chopper circuit selection and adder NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/ IP54, consult the factory. 08V and 30V Control Options 3/4 100 hp 3 480V Control Options hp 3 Catalog Number Catalog Number Suffix Suffix Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1 Door-mounted speed potentiometer K1 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K 3 15 psig follower K psig follower K3 HAND/OFF/AUTO switch ( mm) K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO switch ( mm) K4 MANUAL/AUTO ref switch ( mm) K5 MANUAL/AUTO ref switch ( mm) K5 START/STOP pushbuttons ( mm) K6 START/STOP pushbuttons ( mm) K6 115 Volt control transformer 550 VA KB 115 Volt control transformer 550 VA KB elapsed time meter KO elapsed time meter KO 08V and 30V Light Options 3/4 100 hp 3 480V Light Options hp 3 Catalog Number Suffix Power on/fault pilot lights ( mm) L1 Power on/fault pilot lights ( mm) L1 Green RUN light ( mm) LA Green RUN light ( mm) LA Green STOP light ( mm) LD Green STOP light ( mm) LD Red RUN light ( mm) LE Red RUN light ( mm) LE Red STOP light ( mm) LF Red STOP light ( mm) LF Power on light ( mm) LJ Power on light ( mm) LJ Misc. light ( mm) LU Misc. light ( mm) LU Notes 1 External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory. See Product Selection on Pages V6-T-55 to V6-T-58, 08V, 30V and 480V. Consult the factory for adder. 3 Consult factory for adder information. Catalog Number Suffix Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-63

64 .3 SVX9000 Drives 08V and 30V Bypass Options, 3/4 100 hp 1 Bypass test switch for RA, RB (and RC, RD 30V) Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB options Dual overloads for bypass Manual HOA bypass controller Manual IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller 480V Bypass Options, hp 1 Bypass test switch for RA, RB, RC, RD Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB options Dual overloads for bypass Manual HOA bypass controller Manual IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller 08V and 30V Enclosure Options, Sizes V Enclosure Options, Sizes 0 9 Catalog Number Suffix KF L PN RA RB RC RD Catalog Number Suffix KF L PN RA RB RC RD Floor stand in (558.8 mm) S5 Floor stand 1 in (304.8 mm) S6 10 in (54 mm) expansion 3 S7 0 in (508 mm) expansion S8 Space heater 4 S9 Floor stand in (558.8 mm) Floor stand 1 in (304.8 mm) S6 10 in (54 mm) expansion 3 S7 0 in (508 mm) expansion S8 Space heater 4 Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix S5 S9 08V and 30V Power Options, 3/4 100 hp Input Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kaic Input line fuses 00 kaic Input power surge protection Output Output contactor Output filter 56 MotoRx ( ft) 1000 V/μs DV/DT filter 6 Single overload relay 7 Dual overload relays 7 480V Power Options, hp Input Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kaic Input line fuses 00 kaic Input power surge protection Output Output contactor Output filter 56 MotoRx ( ft) 1000 V/μs DV/DT filter 6 Single overload relay 7 Dual overload relays 7 Input Options, hp Notes 1 See Page V6-T-6 for details. Consult factory for adder information. 3 See Page V6-T-67 for dimensions. 4 Requires customer supplied 115 Vac supply. 5 Not required for 08V and 30V applications. 6 Output filter may be required whenever the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds 100 ft (30m). Refer to Page V6-T-61, option PF for further details.. 7 Heater packs not included. 8 Applicable with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs only. Catalog Number Suffix P1 P3 P7 PE PF PG PH PI Catalog Number Suffix P1 P3 P7 PE PF PG PH PI 480V Only Load switch P 8 Catalog Number Suffix V6-T-64 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

65 SVX9000 Drives.3 Technical Data and Specifications 9000X Enclosed Drives Primary Design Features Hz input frequency Output: AC volts maximum Input voltage base Output frequency range 0 30 Hz Initial output current (I H ) 50% for seconds Overload (1 minute [I H /I L ]) 150%/110% Enclosure space heater Optional Oversize enclosure Output contactor Optional Bypass motor starter Optional Listings UL, cul Protection Features Incoming line fuses Optional AC input circuit disconnect Optional Line reactors Phase rotation insensitive EMI filter Input phase loss protection Input overvoltage protection Line surge protection Output short circuit protection Output ground fault protection Output phase protection Overtemperature protection DC overvoltage protection Drive overload protection Motor overload protection Programmer software Optional Local/remote keypad Keypad lockout Fault alarm output Built-in diagnostics NEMA Type 1/IP1 or NEMA Type 1/IP54 Specification NEMA Type 1/IP1 or NEMA Type 1/IP54 Specification Input/Output Interface Features Setup adjustment provisions Remote keypad/display Personal computer Operator control provisions Drive mounted keypad/display Remote keypad/display Conventional control elements Serial communications Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional Speed setting inputs Keypad 0 10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal 4 0 ma Isolated Configurable 4 0 ma Differential Configurable 3 15 psig Optional Analog outputs Speed/frequency Torque/load/current Programmable Motor voltage Programmable Kilowatts Programmable 0 10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers 4 0 ma DC signals Isolated signals Optional Discrete outputs Fault alarm Drive running Drive at set speed Programmable Optional parameters 14 Dry contacts 1 ( relays Form C) Open collector outputs 1 Additional discrete outputs Optional Communications RS-3 RS-4/485 Optional DeviceNet Optional Modbus RTU Optional CanOpen (slave) Optional Profibus-DP Optional Lonworks Optional Johnson Controls Metasys N Optional Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-65

66 .3 SVX9000 Drives 9000X Enclosed Drives, continued NEMA Type 1/IP1 or NEMA Type 1/IP54 Specification Performance Features Sensorless vector control Volts/hertz control IR and slip compensation Electronic reversing Dynamic braking Optional 1 DC braking PID setpoint controller Programmable Critical speed lockout Current (torque) limit Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Linear or S curve accel/decel Jog at preset speed Thread/preset speeds 7 Automatic restart Selectable Coasting motor start Coast or ramp stop selection Elapsed time meter Optional Carrier frequency adjustment 1 16 khz Conditions for Application and Service Operating ambient temperature 0 to 40 C Storage temperature 40 to 60 C Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95% Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000m) Line voltage variation +10/ 15% Line frequency variation Hz Efficiency >96% Power factor (displacement) >0.94 Wiring Diagram Power Diagram for Bypass Options RB and RA Inverter Input Contactor I Output Contactor Input Power HVX9000 Drive M Motor HMCP Mechanical Interlock L Bypass Contactor Note 1 Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as standard refer to individual drive sections. I/O Specifications Specification Six digital input 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V,R i >5 kohms programmable Two analog input configurable w/jumpers Two digital output programmable One analog output programmable configurable w/jumper One digital output programmable Voltage: 0 ±10V, R i >00 kohms Current: 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohms Form C relays 50 Vac 30 Vdc amp resistive 0 0 ma, R L max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±% Open collector 48 Vdc 50 ma I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options Specification Analog voltage, input 0 ±10V, R i >00 kohms Analog current, input 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohms Digital input 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V, R i >5 kohms Auxiliary voltage 4V (±0%), max. 50 ma Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 ma Analog current, output 0 (4) 0 ma, R L = 500 kohms resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±% Analog voltage, output 0 () 10V, R L >1 kohms, resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±% Relay output Maximum switching voltage 300 Vdc, 50 Vac Maximum switching load 8A/4 Vdc, 0.4A/300 Vdc, kva/50 Vac Maximum continuous load A rms Thermistor input R trip = 4.7 kohms Encoder input 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V, R i =. kohms 5V: 0 <V, 1 >3V, R i = 330 ohms V6-T-66 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

67 SVX9000 Drives.3 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 9000X Enclosed Drives Size 0 B 1.50 (38.1) Lifting Holes 4 Places C D A 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes 4 Places NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 NEMA Type 1/IP54 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 19.9 (504) 9.0 (737) 16.4 (416) 18.3 (465) 7.4 (695) 5.4 (644) 4.0 (10) 3.0 (76) Cable Entry L M N P R F K H J K Door Clearance S CB Handle T U V W 5.0 (17) 6.0 (15) 9.6 (45) 6.4 (669) 1.5 (38) 6.3 (160) 4.3 (108) 5.3 (134) 00 (91) S For Cable Entry Top View R Bottom View T V U L For Cable Entry P W V Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-67

68 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 1 B.50 (63.5) Lifting Holes 4 Places For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 6.4 (669) 36 (914) 16.3 (414) 4.8 (630) 34.0 (864) 3.4 (8) 4.0 (10) 3.0 (76) Cable Entry L M N P R Door Clearance S CB Handle T U V W 11.0 (79) 6.0 (15) 9.0 (9) 10.0 (54) 6.5 (165) 6.4 (669) 1.5 (38) 4.3 (108) 30 (104) Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Floor Stand X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP RR SS TT UU VV 56.0 (14) C 4.3 (108) 11.1 (81) F 1.8 (46) H D A 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes 4 Places NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 NEMA Type 1/IP54 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers For Cable Entry L S M Top View 0.8 (19) N 55. (140) J For Cable Entry T 6.0 (660) 3.5 (90) K R Bottom View 5.5 (141) 3.0 (76) X B 6.0 (15).50 (63.5) Lifting Holes 4 Places Y For Cable Entry P U.0 (51) Z C NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 with Floor Stand FF 5.4 (136) AA H BB For Cable Entry EE EE 1.1 (8) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes 6 Places 8.8 (4) CC 5.4 (137) NN DD A MM KK JJ U GG LL HH Bottom View NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 with Floor Stand D J For Cable Entry K V6-T-68 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

69 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size B.50 (63.5) Lifting Holes Places C D A 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes 4 Places NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 NEMA Type 1/IP54 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 6.4 (669) 59.0 (1499) 19.4 (49) 4.8 (630) 57.0 (1448) 55.4 (1406) 4.0 (10) 3.0 (76) Cable Entry L M N P R Door Clearance S CB Handle T U V W 5.9 (149) 1.4 (315) 9.5 (41) 6.4 (669) 1.5 (38) 4.8 (11) 5.9 (151) 380 (173) Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Floor Stand X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP RR SS TT UU VV 69.0 (1753) 4.8 (11) S 13.6 (344) H F 1.8 (46) For Cable Entry T Top View 0.8 (19) J L 68. (173) K 6.0 (660) B NN 4.8 (11).50 (63.5) Lifting Holes Places Y Z DD C A NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 with in Floor Stand R Bottom View 6.8 (17) BB 3.0 (76) AA H PP For Cable Entry 6.0 (15) P U.0 (51) D 5.0 (17) J U 1.1 (8) K For Cable Entry FF EE EE XB 11.3 (88).50 (63.5) Lifting Holes Places 79.0 (007) BB 78. (1986) CC Y Z C DD A NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 with 1 in Floor Stand For Cable Entry AA MM JJ GG KK LL HH Bottom View NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 with Floor Stand H V D J 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes 6 Places K Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-69

70 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 3 B For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 6.4 (671) 77.0 (1956) 19.4 (493) 19.5 (495) 3.3 (83) 3.0 (584) 1.5 (38) 11.7 (98) 5.5 (140) 0.9 (4) 76.4 (1939) 4.0 (10) 3.0 (76) Cable Entry Door Clearance CB Handle L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV 5.3 (133) SS C 3.4 (594) 0.50 (1.7) Lifting Eyes Places 10.0 (54) H TT UU NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 NEMA Type 1/IP54 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers 1.3 (3) RR 1.9 (38) 6.4 (669) A J K 1.5 (38) 8.0 (03) For Cable Entry G1 4.8 (11) F G S D1 E (11.) Mounting Holes 6 Places R 6.8 (173) M T Top View D E VV Bottom View 79.5 (018) V U L P For Cable Entry (340) N W 0.8 (19) 1.3 (3) 6.0 (660) Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 690 (313) V6-T-70 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

71 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 4 B For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 6.4 (671) 90.0 (86) 19.4 (493) 19.5 (495) 3.3 (83) 3.0 (584) 1.5 (38) 11.7 (98) 5.5 (140) 0.9 (4) 89.4 (70) 4.0 (10) 3.0 (76) Cable Entry Door Clearance CB Handle L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV 5.3 (133) C 3.4 (594) 0.50 (1.7) Lifting Eyes Places 13.8 (351) H SS TT NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/IP54 NEMA Type 1/IP54 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers 1.0 (5) RR 11. (86) 6.4 (669) A J K 1.5 (38) 8.0 (04) For Cable Entry G1 4.8 (11) F G S D1 E1 M T Top View 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes 6 Places R D E Bottom View 9.5 (349) V U L 0.8 (19) P For Cable Entry N 1.3 (3) 85 (375) Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-71

72 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 5 Lifting Eyes ( Places) B For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 40.0 (1016) 90.0 (86) 1.3 (541) 36.0 (914).0 (51) 8.0 (03) 10.8 (73) 84.4 (143) 4.0 (10) Cable Entry Door Clearance L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV 15.0 (381) 10.0 (54) SS C Side View 4.8 (1) H.0 (51) 08/30V 480V 36.3 (91) RR I L hp (508) J A Front View NEMA Type 1/IP1 Front View NEMA Type 1/IP (387) 15.5 (394) T S 0.56 (14.) Dia. Mounting Holes (4 Places) D1 For Cable Entry M Top View D Bottom View Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 175 (579) N L F G P V6-T-7 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

73 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 5-1P Lifting Eyes ( Places) For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 50.0 (170) 90.0 (86) 1.3 (541) 36.0 (914).0 (51) 8.0 (03) 10.8 (73) 84.4 (143) 4.0 (10) Cable Entry Door Clearance L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV 17.1 (435) B 8.0 (03) SS C 1.3 (33) H 1.0 (5) 08/30V 480V 36.3 (91) I L hp RR 0.0 (508) J A Front View NEMA Type 1/IP1 Front View NEMA Type 1/IP (466) 1.3 (3) 94.0 (387) 15.5 (394) D1 T S F G Door Clearance Top View 0.56 (14.) Dia. Mounting Holes (4 Places) D Bottom View For Cable Entry M M Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1375 (64) N L P For Cable Entry U V P Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-73

74 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 5-P B For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K Enclosure Size 5-P 60.0 (154) 90.0 (86) 1.3 (541) 36.0 (914).0 (51) 8.0 (03) 10.8 (73) 84.4 (143) 4.0 (10) Cable Entry Door Clearance L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV 17.0 (43) Lifting Eyes ( Places) SS C 18.0 (457) 1.5 (38) H 08/30V 1.0 (5) 480V 0.9 (3) I L hp RR 36.3 (91) J A Front View NEMA Type 1/IP1 Front View NEMA Type 1/IP (508) 18.4 (466) 1.3 (3) 94.0 (387) D1 T S F G 15.5 (394) For Cable Entry Door Clearance M P Top View 0.56 (14.) Dia. Mounting Holes (4 Places) D Bottom View M Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1585 (70) N L For Cable Entry U V R V6-T-74 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

75 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 6 RR For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T-57, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 30.0 (76) 90.0 (86) 6.0 (660) 6.5 (673) 1.8 (46) 17.3 (438) 5.5 (140) 84.4 (143) 4.0 (10) Cable Entry Door Clearance L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV 3.5 (597) B 3.3 (84) C Side View 4.5 (114) 480V 19.3 (490) H I L hp T S D1 N P M 6. (667) Door Clearance Top View J A Front View L D Bottom View 4.8 (69) Keypad Flanged Disconnect Supplied with Circuit Breaker When Specified Operator Elements When Specified, Mounted on These Panels Key-Locking Handle Ventilating Slots Quarter Turn Latch ( Places) F G For Cable Entry 0.56 (14.) Dia. Mounting Hole (4 Places) 93.9 (386) Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1500 (681) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-75

76 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 8 B For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T-57, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 48.0 (119) 90.0 (86) 4.0 (610) 4. (107) 3.0 (77) 5.5 (139) 84.4 (143) 4.0 (10) Cable Entry L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV 9.5 (41) C Side View 37.5 (95) 480V 1.5 (318) H 0.56 (14.) Dia. Mounting Hole (4 Places) I L hp (196) F G S D1 8.3 (10) R 1.3 (3) U T A Front View M 31.0 (787) Top View J D Bottom View 1.5 (545) V L 1.3 (541) For Top Cable Entry ( Places) RR N P For Bottom Cable Entry 93.5 (375) Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 000 (908) V6-T-76 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

77 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Size 9 RR B For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T-57, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection. Wide High Deep Mounting Door Height Min. Air Space A B C D D1 E E1 F G G1 H J K 60.0 (154) 90.0 (86) 60.1 (664).9 (58).0 (51) 30.0 (76) 44.3 (115) 10.6 (70) 10.6 (70) 8. (08) 4.0 (10) Cable Entry L M N P R S T U V W RR SS TT UU VV 8.5 (16) Access Plate 4 Places 3.7 (831) C Side View 1.0 (305) 480V 11.9 (303) Access in Top ( Places) 0.56 (14.) Dia. Mounting Hole (5 Places) I H hp I L hp (49) S G G1 D1 1.5 (38) SS TT 43.5 (1105) T 90 Max. Door Opening D M Top View 15.0 (381) J A Front View 90 Max. Door Opening L D E Bottom View 7.5 (191) U UU 5.0 (635) R V W Bottom Access N P Openings Filtered for NEMA Type 1/IP54 Design Drive Circuit Breaker Key-Locking Handle 93.5 (375) 7.4 (696) 90.1 (738) 70.1 (687) Max. Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 500 (1135) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-77

78 .3 SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels Contents SVX9000 Open Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Options Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams Dimensions Page V6-T-17 V6-T-5 V6-T-79 V6-T-80 V6-T-85 V6-T-89 V6-T-91 V6-T-9 SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels Product Enclosed covers a wide range of the most commonly ordered options. Pre-engineering eliminates the lead time normally associated with customer specific options. Modified Enclosed applies to specific customer requirements that vary from the Enclosed offering, such as the need for an additional indicating light or minor modifications to drawings. Consult your Eaton representative for assistance in pricing and lead time. Custom Engineered for those applications with more unique or complex requirements, these are individually engineered to the customer s needs. Consult your Eaton representative for assistance in pricing and lead time. Features NEMA Type 1/IP54 or NEMA Type 3R enclosures Input voltage: 08V, 30V, 480V and 575V (consult factory) Complete range of control, network and power options Horsepower range: 08V 3/4 to 100 hp I H ; 1 to 100 hp I L 30V 3/4 to 100 hp I H ; 1 to 100 hp I L 480V 1 to 350 hp I H ; 1-1/ to 400 hp I L HMCP padlockable Single-phase input available consult factory s and Certifications UL Listed cul Listed Product Identification SVX9000 Pump Application 6 1 SVX9000 variable frequency drive Input disconnect (HMCP) Option P1 3 Input contactor (included as standard with bypass option) 1 4 Space heater Option S9 5 Bypass contactor Option RA/RB 6 Door-mounted keypad (included as standard) V6-T-78 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

79 SVX9000 Drives.3 Catalog Number Selection SVX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 1/IP54/3R Drive Product Family SVX = Enclosed drives F07 = 3/4 hp 001 = 1 hp F15 = 1-1/ hp 00 = hp 003 = 3 hp 005 = 5 hp 007 = 7-1/ hp Consult factory 1 50 = 50 hp 300 = 300 hp Horsepower Rating 010 = 10 hp 015 = 15 hp 00 = 0 hp 05 = 5 hp 030 = 30 hp 040 = 40 hp 050 = 50 hp 350 = 350 hp 400 = 400 hp Three-phase 1 =08V =30V 4 =480V 060 = 60 hp 075 = 75 hp 100 = 100 hp 15 = 15 hp 150 = 150 hp 00 = 00 hp Enclosure Rating = NEMA Type 1/IP54 3 = NEMA Type 3R Voltage Rating Single-phase J =30V K =480V Application Torque/Braking 3 A = I L /no brake chopper B = I L /internal brake chopper D = I H /no brake chopper E = I H /internal brake chopper Enclosed Style P = Pumping application SVX E P Build Alphabetically and Numerically Enclosed Options 56 Type K1 K K5 K6 K9 Door-mounted speed potentiometer 4 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch 4 MANUAL/AUTO reference switch ( mm) START and STOP pushbuttons ( mm) () Factory installed auxiliary contacts Control Control Control Control Power L1 L LD LE LU LW LY Power on and fault pilot lights Bypass pilot lights for RA bypass option 8 Green STOP light Red RUN light Light ( mm) PTT light ( mm) Adder for LED each Light Addl. bypass Light Light Light Light Light P1 P3 P7 P8 PE Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kaic Input line fuses (00 kaic) Input power surge protection TVSS transient voltage surge suppressor Output contactor Input Input Input Input Output RA Manual HOA bypass controller 8 Bypass Notes 1 Consult factory. Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel. 3 Brake chopper is a factory installed option only, see drive options on Page V6-T-18. External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory. 4 Includes local/remote speed reference switch. 5 Some options are voltage and/or horsepower specific. Consult your Eaton representative for details. 6 See Page V6-T-87 for descriptions. 7 See Pages V6-T-85 and V6-T-86 for complete descriptions. 8 Bypass options applicable only in the pump panel three-phase design. S5 S9 SA SB SE SF Floor stand in Space heater w/out CPT Space heater w/cpt Socket type control relay On-delay timer Off-delay timer Communication Options 7 C = Modbus C3 = Profibus DP C4 = LonWorks C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector) C6 = CanOpen (slave) C7 = DeviceNet C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector) CA = Johnson Controls N CI = Modbus TCP CJ = BACnet CK = Ethernet IP D3 = RS-3 with D9 connection Control Options B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B4 = 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B5 = 3 RO (NO) B8 = 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-79

80 .3 SVX9000 Drives Product Selection When Ordering Select a base catalog number that meets the application requirements nominal horsepower, voltage and enclosure rating (the enclosed drive s continuous output amp rating should be equal to or 08V Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives greater than the motor s full load amp rating). The base enclosed package includes a standard drive, door mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. Pump Panel Style (Three-Phase) NEMA Type 1/IP54 Enclosure Size 1 hp Frame Size Notes 1 Enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-9. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. Base Catalog Number If dynamic brake chopper or control/communication option is desired, change the appropriate code in the base catalog number. NEMA Type 3R Frame Size Base Catalog Number High Overload Drive and Enclosure A 3/4 4 SVXF071EP 4 SVXF0731EP 1 SVX0011EP SVX00131EP 1-1/ SVXF151EP SVXF1531EP SVX001EP SVX0031EP 3 5 SVX0031EP 5 SVX00331EP 5 SVX0051EP SVX00531EP 7-1/ SVX0071EP SVX00731EP 10 6 SVX0101EP 6 SVX01031EP B 15 SVX0151EP SVX01531EP 0 7 SVX001DP 7 SVX0031DP 5 SVX051DP SVX0531DP C 30 SVX0301DP SVX03031DP 40 8 SVX0401DP 8 SVX04031DP 50 SVX0501DP SVX05031DP D 60 SVX0601DP SVX06031DP 75 9 SVX0751DP 9 SVX07531DP 100 SVX1001DP SVX10031DP Low Overload Drive and Enclosure A 1 4 SVX0011BP 4 SVX00131BP 1-1/ SVXF151BP SVXF1531BP SVX001BP SVX0031BP 3 SVX0031BP SVX00331BP 5 5 SVX0051BP 5 SVX00531BP 7-1/ SVX0071BP SVX00731BP 10 SVX0101BP SVX01031BP 15 6 SVX0151BP 6 SVX01531BP B 0 SVX001BP SVX0031BP 5 7 SVX051AP 7 SVX0531AP 30 SVX0301AP SVX03031AP C 40 SVX0401AP SVX04031AP 50 8 SVX0501AP 8 SVX05031AP 60 SVX0601AP SVX06031AP D 75 SVX0751AP SVX07531AP SVX1001AP 9 SVX10031AP Select enclosed options. Add the codes as suffixes to the base catalog number in alphabetical and numeric order. Read all footnotes. V6-T-80 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

81 SVX9000 Drives.3 30V Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Pump Panel Style (Three-Phase) NEMA Type 1/IP54 Enclosure Size 1 hp Frame Size Notes 1 Enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-9. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. Base Catalog Number NEMA Type 3R Frame Size Base Catalog Number High Overload Drive and Enclosure A 3/4 4 SVXF07EP 4 SVXF073EP 1 SVX001EP SVX0013EP 1-1/ SVXF15EP SVXF153EP SVX00EP SVX003EP 3 5 SVX003EP 5 SVX0033EP 5 SVX005EP SVX0053EP 7-1/ SVX007EP SVX0073EP 10 6 SVX010EP 6 SVX0103EP B 15 SVX015EP SVX0153EP 0 7 SVX00DP 7 SVX003DP 5 SVX05DP SVX053DP C 30 SVX030DP SVX0303DP 40 8 SVX040DP 8 SVX0403DP 50 SVX050DP SVX0503DP D 60 SVX060DP SVX0603DP 75 9 SVX075DP 9 SVX0753DP 100 SVX100DP SVX1003DP Low Overload Drive and Enclosure A 1 4 SVX001BP 4 SVX0013BP 1-1/ SVXF15BP SVXF153BP SVX00BP SVX003BP 3 SVX003BP SVX0033BP 5 5 SVX005BP 5 SVX0053BP 7-1/ SVX007BP SVX0073BP 10 SVX010BP SVX0103BP 15 6 SVX015BP 6 SVX0153BP B 0 SVX00BP SVX003BP 5 7 SVX05AP 7 SVX053AP 30 SVX030AP SVX0303AP C 40 SVX040AP SVX0403AP 50 8 SVX050AP 8 SVX0503AP 60 SVX060AP SVX0603AP D 75 SVX075AP SVX0753AP SVX100AP 9 SVX1003AP Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-81

82 .3 SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Pump Panel Style (Single-Phase) NEMA Type 1/IP54 Enclosure Size 1 hp Frame Size Notes 1 Enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-9. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. Base Catalog Number NEMA Type 3R Frame Size Base Catalog Number Low Overload Drive and Enclosure A 3/4 4 SVXF07JBP 4 SVXF073JBP 1 SVX001JBP SVX0013JBP 5 SVX00JBP 5 SVX003JBP 3 SVX003JBP SVX0033JBP 5 SVX005JBP SVX0053JBP 7-1/ 6 SVX007JBP 6 SVX0073JBP 10 SVX010JBP SVX0103JBP B 15 7 SVX015JBP 7 SVX0153JBP 0 SVX00JAP SVX003JAP C 5 8 SVX05JAP 8 SVX053JAP 30 SVX030JAP SVX0303JAP 40 SVX040JAP SVX0403JAP V6-T-8 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

83 SVX9000 Drives.3 480V Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Pump Panel Style (Three-Phase) NEMA Type 1/IP54 Enclosure Size 1 hp Frame Size Notes 1 Enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-9. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. Base Catalog Number NEMA Type 3R Frame Size Base Catalog Number High Overload Drive and Enclosure A 1 4 SVX0014EP 4 SVX00134EP 1-1/ SVXF154EP SVXF1534EP SVX004EP SVX0034EP 3 SVX0034EP SVX00334EP 5 SVX0054EP SVX00534EP 7-1/ 5 SVX0074EP 5 SVX00734EP 10 SVX0104EP SVX01034EP 15 SVX0154EP SVX01534EP 0 6 SVX004EP 6 SVX0034EP 5 SVX054EP SVX0534EP B 30 7 SVX0304EP 7 SVX03034EP 40 SVX0404DP SVX04034DP 50 SVX0504DP SVX05034DP 60 SVX0604DP SVX06034DP C 75 8 SVX0754DP 8 SVX07534DP 100 SVX1004DP SVX10034DP 15 SVX154DP SVX1534DP D SVX1504DP 9 SVX15034DP 00 SVX004DP SVX0034DP Consult factory SVX504DP 10 SVX5034DP 300 SVX3004DP SVX30034DP 350 SVX3504DP SVX35034DP Low Overload Drive and Enclosure A 1-1/ 4 SVXF154BP 4 SVXF1534BP SVX004BP SVX0034BP 3 SVX0034BP SVX00334BP 5 SVX0054BP SVX00534BP 7-1/ SVX0074BP SVX00734BP 10 5 SVX0104BP 5 SVX01034BP 15 SVX0154BP SVX01534BP 0 SVX004BP SVX0034BP 5 6 SVX054BP 6 SVX0534BP 30 SVX0304BP SVX03034BP B 40 7 SVX0404BP 7 SVX04034BP 50 SVX0504AP SVX05034AP 60 SVX0604AP SVX06034AP 75 SVX0754AP SVX07534AP C SVX1004AP 8 SVX10034AP 15 SVX154AP SVX1534AP 150 SVX1504AP SVX15034AP D 00 9 SVX004AP 9 SVX0034AP 50 SVX504AP SVX5034AP Consult factory SVX3004AP 10 SVX30034AP 400 SVX4004AP SVX40034AP Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-83

84 .3 SVX9000 Drives SVX9000 Enclosed Drives Pump Panel Style (Single-Phase) NEMA Type 1/IP54 Enclosure Size 1 hp Frame Size Notes 1 Enclosure dimensions starting on Page V6-T-9. Includes drive, local/remote keypad and enclosure. Base Catalog Number NEMA Type 3R Frame Size Base Catalog Number Low Overload Drive and Enclosure A 3/4 4 SVXF07KBP 4 SVXF073KBP 1 SVX001KBP SVX0013KBP SVX00KBP SVX003KBP 3 SVX003KBP SVX0033KBP 5 5 SVX005KBP 5 SVX0053KBP 7-1/ SVX007KBP SVX0073KBP 10 SVX010KBP SVX0103KBP 15 6 SVX015KBP 6 SVX0153KBP 0 SVX00KBP SVX003KBP B 5 7 SVX05KAP 7 SVX053KAP 30 SVX030KAP SVX0303KAP C 40 8 SVX040KAP 8 SVX0403KAP 50 SVX050KAP SVX0503KAP 60 SVX060KAP SVX0603KAP V6-T-84 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

85 SVX9000 Drives.3 Options 9000X Series Option Board Kits The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards. The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. Option Boards A B C D E Option Board Kits Option Kit 1 Allowed Slot Locations Field Installed Catalog Number Factory Installed Option Designator Notes 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 3 OPTC is a multi-protocol option card. SVX Ready Programs Local/ Basic Remote MSS PID Multi-P. PFC I/O Cards RO (NC-NO) B OPTA 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTA9 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc Extended I/O Cards 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB B 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 Communication Cards 3 Modbus D, E OPTC C Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK Johnson Controls N D, E OPTC CA Profibus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 Profibus DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 CanOpen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 RS-3 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 Keypad 9000X Series local/remote keypad KEYPAD- LOC/REM 9000X Series remote mount keypad kit OPTRMT- KIT-9000X 9000X Series RS-3 cable, 13 ft PP00104 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-85

86 .3 SVX9000 Drives Modbus RTU Network Communications The Modbus Network Card OPTC is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the baud rate ranges from 300 to 1900 baud. Other communication parameters include an address range from 1 to 47; a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1. Profibus Network Communications The Profibus Network Card OPTC3 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Profibus-DP network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female). The baud rates range from 9.6K baud to 1M baud, and the addresses range from 1 to 17. LonWorks Network Communications The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a LonWorks network. This interface uses Network Variable Types (SNVT) as data types. The channel connection is achieved using a FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver via a single twisted transfer cable. The communication speed with LonWorks is 78 kbits/s. CanOpen (Slave) Communications The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to a host system. According to ISO11898 standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should have a nominal impedance of 10 ohms, and specific line delay of nominal 5 ns/m. 10 ohms line termination resistors required for installation. DeviceNet Network Communications The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN using a two-wire twisted shielded cable with two-wire bus power cable and drain. The baud rates used for communication include 15K baud, 50K baud and 500K baud. Johnson Controls Metasys N Network Communications The OPTC fieldbus board provides communication between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys N network. With this connection, the drive can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys system. The N fieldbus is available as a factory installed option and as a field installable kit. Modbus/TCP Network Communications The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. This interface provides a selection of standard and custom register values to communicate drive parameters. The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable over Ethernet using a supplied software tool. BACnet Network Communications The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/ Token Passing (MS/TP) RS This interface uses a collection of 30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports 9.6, 19. and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and supports network addresses Ethernet/IP Network Communications The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol networks. It includes an RJ- 45 pluggable connector. The interface uses CIP objects to communicate drive parameters (CIP is Common Industrial Protocol, the same protocol used by DeviceNet). The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable by Static, BOOTP and DHCP methods. V6-T-86 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

87 SVX9000 Drives.3 Control/Communication Option s For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required. Available Control/Communications Options Option Option Type K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses Control the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the Speed Potentiometer or a remote speed signal. K Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from Control door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 0 ma signal. K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch Provides a door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control K6 START and STOP Pushbuttons ( mm) START (green) STOP (red). Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or Control non-bypass configurations. K9 () Factory Installed Auxiliary Contacts Provide two NO/NC auxiliary contacts. Power L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light has occurred. L Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is Addl. Bypass running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches. LD Green STOP Light ( mm) Provides a green light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light LE Red RUN Pilot Light ( mm) Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light LU Misc. Light ( mm) Provides a misc. user defined pilot light. User to define light function and color. Light LW PTT (Push-To-Test) Light ( mm) Provides misc. user defined PTT pilot light. User to define light function and color. Light LY Adder for LED Each Changes light packages from standard incandescent bulb to LED style bulb. Light P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kaic High Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector (HMCP) that provides a means of short circuit protection for the power Input cables between it and the SVX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 00 kaic Provide high-level fault protection of the SVX9000 input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the Input power transistors. This option consists of three 00 ka fuses, which are factory mounted in the enclosure. P7 MOV Surge Suppressor Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients. Input P8 TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor Provides transient voltage surge suppression of the unit. Consult factory for ratings. Input PE Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive s run or Output permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass option RA includes an output contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure. RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) 3-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC Bypass motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page V6-T-91). S5 Floor Stand in Converts a Size A or B, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of in (558.8 mm). Enclosure S9 Space Heater without CPT Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable Enclosure temperature control. A 00W heater is installed in enclosures A and B, and 400W heater is installed in enclosures C and D. Requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source. SA Space Heater with CPT Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature Enclosure control. A 00W heater is installed in enclosures A and B, and 400W heater is installed in enclosures C and D. Provided with CPT connected to load side of input disconnect. SB Ice Cube Style Control Relay Provides misc. user defined 4PDT control relay. Requires user to define functionality. Enclosure SE On-Delay Timer (Delay on Make) Provides misc. user defined time delay relay. Requires user to define functionality and time setting requirement. Enclosure SF Off-Delay Timer (Delay on Break) Provides misc. user defined time delay relay. Requires user to define functionality and time setting requirement. Enclosure Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-87

88 .3 SVX9000 Drives VFD Pump Panel Options Brake Chopper Options 1 08V and 30V: NEMA Type 1/IP54/3R, I H hp 3/4 to 100; I L hp 1 to V: NEMA Type 1/IP54/3R, I H hp 1 to 400; I L hp 1-1/ to V and 30V Control Options, 3/4 100 hp Door-mounted speed potentiometer Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch Manual/auto reference switch ( mm) START and STOP pushbuttons ( mm) 480V Control Options, hp Door-mounted speed potentiometer Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch Manual/auto reference switch ( mm) START and STOP pushbuttons ( mm) 08V and 30V Light Options, 3/4 100 hp Power on/fault pilot lights ( mm) Green STOP light ( mm) Red RUN light ( mm) Misc. light ( mm) PTT light ( mm) LED 480V Light Options, hp Power on/fault pilot lights ( mm) Green STOP light ( mm) Red RUN light ( mm) Misc. light ( mm) PTT light ( mm) LED Notes 1 External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory. Consult factory for adder information. 3 See Page V6-T-87 for details. 4 Bypass options applicable only in the pump panel three-phase design. Catalog Number Suffix K1 K K5 K6 Catalog Number Suffix K1 K K5 K6 Catalog Number Suffix L1 LD LE LU LW LY Catalog Number Suffix L1 LD LE LU LW LY 08V, 30V and 480V Enclosure Options, Sizes A D Floor stand in (558.8 mm) Space heater without CPT Space heater with CPT Socket type control relay On-delay timer Off-delay timer 08 and 30V Power Options, 3/4 100 hp Two auxiliary contacts installed Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kaic Input line fuses 00 kaic Input power surge protection TVSS transient voltage surge suppressor Output contactor 480V Power Options, hp Two auxiliary contacts installed Input disconnect (HMCP) 100 kaic Input line fuses 00 kaic Input power surge protection TVSS transient voltage surge suppressor Output contactor 08 and 30V Bypass Options, 3/4 100 hp 3 480V Bypass Options, hp 3 Catalog Number Suffix S5 S9 SA SB SE SF Catalog Number Suffix K9 P1 P3 P7 P8 PE Catalog Number Suffix K9 P1 P3 P7 P8 Bypass pilot lights for RA option L 4 Manual HOA bypass controller RA 4 Bypass pilot lights for RA option L 4 Manual HOA bypass controller RA 4 PE Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix V6-T-88 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

89 SVX9000 Drives.3 Technical Data and Specifications 9000X VFD Pump Panels NEMA Type 1/IP54 or NEMA Type 3R Specification Primary Design Features Hz input frequency Output (AC volts maximum) Input voltage base Output frequency range 0 30 Hz Initial output current (I H ) 50% for seconds Overload (1 minute [I H /I L ]) 150%/110% Enclosure space heater Optional Oversize enclosure Output contactor Optional Bypass motor starter Optional Listings UL, cul Protection Features Incoming line fuses Optional AC input circuit disconnect Optional Line reactors Phase rotation insensitive EMI filter Thru Frame 9 Input phase loss protection Input overvoltage protection Line surge protection Output short circuit protection Output ground fault protection Output phase protection Overtemperature protection DC overvoltage protection Drive overload protection Motor overload protection Programmer software Optional Local/remote keypad Keypad lockout Fault alarm output Built-in diagnostics NEMA Type 1/IP54 or NEMA Type 3R Specification Input/Output Interface Features Setup adjustment provisions Remote keypad/display Personal computer Operator control provisions Drive mounted keypad/display Remote keypad/display Conventional control elements Serial communications Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional Speed setting inputs Keypad 0 10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal 4 0 ma isolated Configurable 4 0 ma differential Configurable Analog outputs Speed/frequency Torque/load/current Programmable Motor voltage Programmable Kilowatts Programmable 0 10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers 4 0 ma DC signals Isolated signals Optional Discrete outputs Fault alarm Drive running Drive at set speed Programmable Optional parameters 14 Dry contacts 1 ( relays Form C) Open collector outputs 1 Additional discrete outputs Optional Communications RS-3 RS-4/485 Optional DeviceNet Optional Modbus RTU Optional CanOpen (slave) Optional Profibus-DP Optional Lonworks Optional Johnson Controls Metasys N Optional Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-89

90 .3 SVX9000 Drives 9000X VFD Pump Panels, continued NEMA Type 1/IP54 or NEMA Type 3R Specification Performance Features Sensorless vector control Volts/hertz control IR and slip compensation Electronic reversing Dynamic braking Optional 1 DC braking PID setpoint controller Programmable Critical speed lockout Current (torque) limit Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Linear or S curve accel/decel Jog at preset speed Thread/preset speeds 7 Automatic restart Selectable Coasting motor start Coast or ramp stop selection Elapsed time meter Optional Carrier frequency adjustment 1 16 khz Conditions for Application and Service Operating ambient temperature 0 to 40 C Storage temperature 40 to 60 C Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95% Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000m) Line voltage variation +10/ 15% Line frequency variation Hz Efficiency >96% Power factor (displacement) 0.96 I/O Specifications Specification Six digital input 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V,R i >5 kohms programmable Two analog input configurable w/jumpers Two digital output programmable One analog output programmable configurable w/jumper One digital output programmable Voltage: 0 ±10V, R i >00 kohms Current: 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohms Form C relays 50 Vac 30 Vdc amp resistive 0 0 ma, R L max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±% Open collector 48 Vdc 50 ma I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options Specification Analog voltage, input 0 ±10V, R i >00 kohms Analog current, input 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohms Digital input 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V, R i >5 kohms Auxiliary voltage 4V (±0%), max. 50 ma Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 ma Analog current, output 0 (4) 0 ma, R L = 500 kohms, resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±% Analog voltage, output 0 () 10V, R L >1 k kohms, resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±% Relay output Maximum switching voltage 300 Vdc, 50 Vac Maximum switching load 8A/4 Vdc, 0.4A/300 Vdc, kva/50 Vac Maximum continuous load A rms Thermistor input R trip = 4.7 kohms Note 1 Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as standard refer to individual drive sections. V6-T-90 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

91 SVX9000 Drives.3 Wiring Diagrams Power Diagram for Bypass Option RA Inverter Input Contactor I Output Contactor Input Power HVX9000 Drive M Motor HMCP Mechanical Interlock A Board Control Wiring Basic Relay Board A RO1/1 RO1/ RO1/3 RO/1 RO/ RO/3 A9 Board Control Wiring Basic I/O Board A9 +10Vref 1 AI1+ GND 3 AI+ 4 AI- 5 4Vout 6 GND 7 DIN1 8 DIN 9 DIN3 10 CMA 11 4Vout 1 GND 13 DIN4 14 DIN5 15 DIN6 16 CMB 17 AO1+ 18 AO1-19 DO1 0 L Bypass Contactor R L AC / DC Max. Current/Voltage Switching: <8A / 4 Vdc <0.4A / 300 Vdc < kva / 50 Vac Continuously < Arms Input Reference (Voltage) Input Reference (Current) Control Voltage Output 4V GND 4V GND 0 (4)/0 ma RL<500 W + V<+48V I<50 ma Indicates Connections for Inverted Signals SVX9000 Pump Panel Bypass Power Wiring Bypass Optional Fuse Output Contactor Incoming Power L1 L L3 L1 L L3 To Drive Input To Drive Output U(T1) V(T)W(T3) Circuit Breaker U(T1) V(T) Motor Bypass Contactor Overload Relay W(T3) SVX9000 Pump Panel Disconnect Power Wiring Optional Fuse Optional Output Contactor Incoming Power L1 L L3 To Drive Input To Drive Output U(T1) V(T)W(T3) U(T1) V(T) Motor Circuit Breaker W(T3) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-91

92 .3 SVX9000 Drives Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) SVX9000 Pump Application Drives Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 1/IP54 H1 H Voltage AC 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required hp (I H ) W1 W Three-Phase 08V 30V 3/4 10 3/ (736.6) 480V Single-Phase 30V 3/ V 3/4 0 (736.6) 3.00 (76.) Minimum Air Space Required Both Sides 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) hp (I L ) H H1 H W W1 D D (685.8) 7.00 (685.8) 5.35 (643.9) 5.35 (643.9) D (49.8) 16.9 (49.8) D (388.6) (388.6) H 16.6 (413.0) 16.6 (413.0).34 (59.4).34 (59.4) Approx. Weight Lbs (kg) 10 (54) 160 (73) 10 (54) 160 (73) Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) V6-T-9 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

93 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 1/IP54 H1 H Voltage AC hp (I H ) 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required W1 W Three-Phase 08V 30V (1016.0) 480V Single-Phase 30V V 5 30 (1016.0) 3.00 (76.) Minimum Air Space Required Both Sides 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) hp (I L ) H H1 H W W1 D D (965.) (965.) (93.3) (93.3) D1 0.9 (531.4) 0.9 (531.4) D (490.) (490.) H (45.7) (45.7).34 (59.4).34 (59.4) Approx. Weight Lbs (kg) 185 (84) 9 (104) 185 (84) 9 (104) Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-93

94 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 1/IP (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) H1 H Voltage AC hp (I H ) Three-Phase 08V 30V (130.8) 480V Single-Phase 30V V (130.8) Note 1 Consult factory (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required W1 W D (76.) Minimum Air Space Required Both Sides hp (I L ) H H1 H H3 H4 W W1 D D (170.0) (170.0) D (18.1) (18.1) H 7.00 (188.8) 7.00 (188.8) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) H4 H (1808.) (1808.) W (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required 30.9 (785.4) 30.9 (785.4) W 9.30 (744.) 9.30 (744.) (46.) (46.) D (76.) Minimum Air Space Required Both Sides.34 (59.4).34 (59.4) D Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1 1 H3 V6-T-94 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

95 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 3R H1 H H3 Voltage AC W3 hp (I H ) W W W1 Three-Phase 08V 30V 3/4 10 3/ (838.) 480V Single-Phase 30V 3/ V 3/4 0 (838.) hp (I L ) H H1 H H3 W W1 W W3 D D1 D (796.5) (796.5) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) 9.67 (753.6) 9.67 (753.6) 5.35 (643.9) 5.35 (643.9) D 1.05 (534.7) 1.05 (534.7) 16.9 (49.8) 16.9 (49.8) D D (388.6) (388.6).07 (5.6).07 (5.6) H 17.4 (437.9) 17.4 (437.9) 16.6 (413.0) 16.6 (413.0) 3.31 (840.1) 3.31 (840.1) Approx. Weight Lbs (kg) 170 (77) 15 (98) 170 (77) 15 (98) Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-95

96 .3 SVX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 3R W D H1 H H H3 W3 W W1 D D (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) Voltage AC hp (I H ) Three-Phase 08V 30V (1170.7) 480V Single-Phase 30V V 5 30 (1170.7) hp (I L ) H H1 H H3 W W1 W W3 D D1 D (119.0) (119.0) 4.77 (1086.4) 4.77 (1086.4) (93.3) (93.3) 6.31 (668.3) 6.31 (668.3) 0.9 (531.4) 0.9 (531.4) (490.) (490.).69 (68.3).69 (68.3) (450.6) (450.6) (45.7) (45.7) 3.31 (840.1) 3.31 (840.1) Approx. Weight Lbs (kg) 35 (107) 35 (107) Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 90 (13) 90 (13) V6-T-96 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

97 SVX9000 Drives.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 3R H1 H H3 Voltage AC hp (I H ) Three-Phase (1475.5) Single-Phase 30V V (1475.5) Note 1 Consult factory. W W W1 hp (I L ) H H1 H H3 H4 H5 W W1 W W3 D D1 D (1433.8) (1433.8) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) W (1391.) (1391.) D (18.1) (18.1) D D (1983.5) (1983.5) H (197.1) (197.1) H5 H H (958.3) (958.3) 30.9 (785.4) 30.9 (785.4) 9.30 (744.) 9.30 (744.) W W W (84.8) 3.34 (84.8) (450.6) (450.6) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) D D (46.0) (46.0) D (840.1) 3.31 (840.1) Approx. Weight Lbs (kg) 1 1 H4 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-97

98 .4 SPX9000 Drives SPX9000 Drives Contents SPX9000 Drives Features and Benefits s and Certifications Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Accessories Options Replacement Parts Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions Page V6-T-99 V6-T-99 V6-T-100 V6-T-101 V6-T-106 V6-T-107 V6-T-11 V6-T-10 V6-T-11 Product The SPX9000 Series from Eaton s electrical sector are specifically designed for high performance applications. Equipped with high processing power, the SPX9000 can use information from an encoder or a resolver in order to provide very precise motor control. Sensorless vector and simple frequency control are also supported. Typical applications requiring high performance are: masterslave drives, positioning applications, winder tension control and synchronization. The core of the SPX9000 is a fast microprocessor, providing high dynamic performance for applications where good motor handling and reliability are required. It can be used both in open loop applications as well as in applications requiring encoder feedback. The SPX9000 supports fast drive-to-drive communication. It also offers an integrated data logger functionality for analysis of dynamic events without the need of additional hardware. Simultaneous fast monitoring of several drives can be done by using the 9000Xdrive tool and CAN communication. In applications where reliability and quality are essential for high-performance, the SPX9000 is the logical choice. The Eaton family of drives includes HVX9000, H-Max, M-Max, SVX9000, SLX9000 and SPX X Series drive ratings are rated for either high overload (I H ) or low overload (I L ). I L indicates 110% overload capacity for 1 minute out of 10 minutes. I H indicates 150% overload capacity for 1 minute out of 10 minutes. V6-T-98 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

99 SPX9000 Drives.4 Features and Benefits Speed error <0.01%, depending on the encoder Incremental or absolute encoder support Encoder voltages of 5V (RS-4), 15V or 4V, depending on the option card Full torque control at all speeds, including zero Torque accuracy <%; <5% down to zero speed Starting torque >00%, depending on motor and drive sizing Integrated datalogger for system analysis Fast multiple drive monitoring with PC Full capability for master/ slave configurations High-speed bus (1 Mbit/s) for fast inter-drive communication High-speed applications (up to 700 Hz) possible Robust design proven 500,000 hours MTBF Integrated 3% line reactors standard on drives from FR4 through FR9 Line reactor is included but is separated from chassis EMI/RFI Filters H standard up to 00 hp I H 480V, 100 hp I H 30V s and Certifications Product IEC Safety UL 508C Simplified operating menu allows for typical programming changes, while programming mode provides control of everything Quick Start Wizard built into the programming of the drive ensures a smooth start-up Keypad can display up to three monitored parameters simultaneously LOCAL/REMOTE operation from keypad Copy/paste function allows transfer of parameter settings from one drive to the next NEMA Type 1/ IP54 keypad on all drives Hand-held auxiliary 40 power supply allows programming/monitoring of control module without applying full power to the drive The SPX can be flexibly adapted to a variety of needs using our preinstalled Seven in One precision application programs consisting of: Basic Local/remote Multi-step speed control PID control Multi-purpose control Pump and fan control with auto change EMC (at default settings) Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements; Emissions: EN , LEVEL H Additional I/O and communication cards provide plug and play functionality I/O connections with simple quick connection terminals Control logic can be powered from an external auxiliary control panel, internal drive functions and fieldbus if necessary Brake chopper standard from: 1 30 hp/ V 3/4 15 hp/08 30V NEMA Type 1/IP1 enclosures available Frame Sizes FR4 FR11, NEMA Type 1/IP54 enclosures available Frame Sizes FR4 FR10 (FR10 and FR11 freestanding drives) Open chassis FR10 and greater option board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board installed in slots A and B UL Listed Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-99

100 .4 SPX9000 Drives Catalog Number Selection SPX9000 Power Module Notes Product Family SPX = Open drives F07 =3/4 001 =1 F15 =1-1/ 00 = 003 =3 004 =5 (I L ) 005 =5 006 =7-1/ (I L ) 007 =7-1/ 010 = =15 00 =0 05 =5 030 = = = = = =100 Horsepower Rating SPX 010 A 1 4 A 1 B 1 15 = = = = = = = = = = = = =900 H10 =1000 H1 =100 H13 =1350 H15 =1500 H16 =1600 H0 =000 AFD Software Series A = software Enclosure 3 0 = Chassis 1 = NEMA Type 1/IP1 = NEMA Type 1/IP54 Voltage Rating = 30 (08 40) V 4 = 480 ( ) V 5 = 575 (55 690) V Frame Code Horsepower Example: 150 = 150 hp (See chart above) Voltage 4 = V 5 = V Keypad A = Alphanumeric Board Modifications 1 = boards = Conformal (varnished) coating 4 Brake Chopper Options N = No brake chopper circuit B = Internal brake chopper circuit Input Options 1 1 = Three-phase, EMC H = Three-phase, EMC N 4 = Three-phase, EMC L 1 All 30V drives and 480V drives up to 00 hp (I H ) are only available with input option 1 (EMC level H). 480V drives 50 hp (I H ) or larger are available with input option (EMC level N). 575V drives 00 hp (I H ) or larger are available with input option. 575V drives up to 150 hp (I H ) are available with input option 4 (EMC level L). 480V and 690V freestanding drives are available with input option 4 (EMC level L). 480V drives up to 30 hp (I H ) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480V drives 40 hp (I H ) or larger come standard with brake chopper option N. 30V drives up to 15 hp (I H ) are only available with brake chopper option B. 30V drives 0 hp and larger come standard with brake chopper option N. All 575V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper V drives hp (I H ) and 690V drives hp (I H ) are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis). 480V and 690V FR10 freestanding drives are available with 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP1) or (NEMA Type 1/IP54). FR11 freestanding drives are only available with enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP1). 4 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability. A = Air Options Options appear in alphabetical order. Extended I/O Card Options A3 = RO, Therm A4 = Encoder low volt +5V/15V4V A5 = Encoder high volt +15V/4V A7 = Double Encoder A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO AE = 3 DI (Encoder 10 4V), Out +15V/+4V DO (pulse + direction) B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B4 = 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT + 4 Vdc B5 = 3 RO (NO) B8 = 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input BB = SPI, absolute encoder Communication Cards CA = Johnson Controls N CI = Modbus TCP CJ = BACnet CK = Ethernet IP C = Modbus C3 = Profibus DP C4 = LonWorks FR A N S Cooling Type S = Brake Option N = No brake chopper B = Brake chopper C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector) C6 = CANopen (slave) C7 = DeviceNet C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector) D1 = Adapter SPX only D = Adapter SPX only D3 = RS-3 with D9 connection Varnishing V = Varnished V6-T-100 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

101 SPX9000 Drives.4 Product Selection 30V Drives SPX9000 Open Drives 08 40V, NEMA Type 1/IP1 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR4 FP 3/ SPXF07A1-A1B / 6.6 SPX001A1-A1B1 1-1/ SPXF15A1-A1B SPX00A1-A1B SPX003A1-A1B1 FR5 FP SPX004A1-A1B / 5 SPX005A1-A1B1 7-1/ SPX007A1-A1B1 FR6 FP SPX010A1-A1B SPX015A1-A1B1 FR7 FP SPX00A1-A1N SPX05A1-A1N SPX030A1-A1N1 FR8 FP SPX040A1-A1N SPX050A1-A1N SPX060A1-A1N1 FR9 FP SPX075A1-A1N SPX100A1-A1N V, NEMA Type 1/IP54 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR4 FP 3/ SPXF07A-A1B / 6.6 SPX001A-A1B1 1-1/ SPXF15A-A1B SPX00A-A1B SPX003A-A1B1 FR5 FP SPX004A-A1B / 5 SPX005A-A1B1 7-1/ SPX007A-A1B1 FR6 FP SPX010A-A1B SPX015A-A1B1 FR7 FP SPX00A-A1N SPX05A-A1N SPX030A-A1N1 FR8 FP SPX040A-A1N SPX050A-A1N SPX060A-A1N1 FR9 FP SPX075A-A1N SPX100A-A1N1 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-101

102 .4 SPX9000 Drives 480V Drives SPX9000 Open Drives V, NEMA Type 1/IP1 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR4 W / 3.3 SPX001A1-4A1B1 FP 1-1/ SPXF15A1-4A1B1 FP SPX00A1-4A1B1 W SPX003A1-4A1B1 W SPX005A1-4A1B1 FP 9 7-1/ 1 SPX006A1-4A1B1 FR5 W 7-1/ SPX007A1-4A1B SPX010A1-4A1B SPX015A1-4A1B1 FR6 W SPX00A1-4A1B SPX05A1-4A1B SPX030A1-4A1B1 FR7 FP SPX040A1-4A1N1 W SPX050A1-4A1N1 W SPX060A1-4A1N1 FR8 FP SPX075A1-4A1N1 W SPX100A1-4A1N1 W SPX15A1-4A1N1 FR9 W SPX150A1-4A1N SPX00A1-4A1N V, NEMA Type 1/IP1 Freestanding Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR10 W SPX50A1-4A4N1 FP SPX300A1-4A4N1 W SPX350A1-4A4N1 FR11 FP SPX400A1-4A4N1 FP SPX500A1-4A4N1 FP SPX550A1-4A4N1 Note Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4), speed potentiometer w/hoa (K), Disconnect switch (P). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T-111. V6-T-10 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

103 SPX9000 Drives.4 SPX9000 Open Drives V, NEMA Type 1/IP54 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR4 W / 3.3 SPX001A-4A1B1 FP 1-1/ SPXF15A-4A1B1 FP SPX00A-4A1B1 W SPX003A-4A1B1 W SPX005A-4A1B1 FP 9 7-1/ 1 SPX006A-4A1B1 FR5 W 7-1/ SPX007A-4A1B SPX010A-4A1B SPX015A-4A1B1 FR6 W SPX00A-4A1B SPX05A-4A1B SPX030A-4A1B1 FR7 FP SPX040A-4A1N SPX050A-4A1N SPX060A-4A1N1 FR8 FP SPX075A-4AN SPX100A-4A1N SPX15A-4A1N1 FR9 FP SPX150A-4A1N SPX00A-4A1N V, NEMA Type 1/IP54 Freestanding Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR10 FP SPX50A-4A4N1 FP SPX300A-4A4N1 FP SPX350A-4A4N V, Open Chassis Drives Frame Size 1 Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR10 W SPX50A0-4AN SPX300A0-4AN SPX350A0-4AN1 FR11 FP SPX400A0-4AN SPX500A0-4AN SPX550A0-4AN1 FR1 FP SPX600A0-4AN SPX650A0-4AN SPX700A0-4AN1 FR13 FP SPX800A0-4AN SPX900A0-4AN SPXH10A0-4AN1 FR14 FP SPXH1A0-4AN SPXH16A0-4AN1 Notes Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4), speed potentiometer w/hoa (K), disconnect switch (P). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T FR10 FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-103

104 .4 SPX9000 Drives 575V Drives SPX9000 Open Drives V, NEMA Type 1/IP1 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR6 W SPX00A1-5A4N SPX003A1-5A4N SPX004A1-5A4N / 10 SPX005A1-5A4N1 7-1/ SPX007A1-5A4N SPX010A1-5A4N SPX015A1-5A4N SPX00A1-5A4N SPX05A1-5A4N1 FR7 W SPX030A1-5A4N SPX040A1-5A4N1 FR8 W SPX050A1-5A4N SPX060A1-5A4N SPX075A1-5A4N1 FR9 W SPX100A1-5A4N SPX15A1-5A4N SPX150A1-5A4N SPX175A1-5A4N V, NEMA Type 1/IP1 Freestanding Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR10 FP SPX00A1-5A4N SPX50A1-5A4N SPX300A1-5A4N1 FR11 FP SPX400A1-5A4N SPX450A1-5A4N SPX500A1-5A4N1 Note Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4), speed potentiometer w/hoa (K), disconnect switch (P). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T-111. V6-T-104 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

105 SPX9000 Drives.4 SPX9000 Open Drives V, NEMA Type 1/IP54 Drives Frame Size Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR6 F SPX00A-5A4N SPX003A-5A4N V, NEMA Type 1/IP54 Freestanding Drives V, Open Chassis Drives SPX004A-5A4N / 10 SPX005A-5A4N1 7-1/ SPX007A-5A4N SPX010A-5A4N SPX015A-5A4N SPX00A-5A4N SPX05A-5A4N1 FR7 FP SPX030A-5A4N SPX040A-5A4N1 FR8 FP SPX050A-5A4N SPX060A-5A4N SPX075A-5A4N1 FR9 FP SPX100A-5A4N SPX15A-5A4N SPX150A-5A4N1 Frame Size SPX175A-5A4N1 Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR10 FP SPX00A-5A4N SPX50A-5A4N1 Frame Size SPX300A-5A4N1 Delivery Code hp (I H ) Current (I H ) hp (I L ) Current (I L ) Catalog Number FR10 FP SPX00A0-5AN SPX50A0-5AN SPX300A0-5AN1 FR11 FP SPX400A0-5AN SPX450A0-5AN SPX500A0-5AN1 FR1 FP SPX550A0-5AN SPX600A0-5AN SPX700A0-5AN1 FR13 FP SPX800A0-5AN SPX900A0-5AN SPXH10A0-5AN1 FR14 FP SPXH13A0-5AN SPXH15A0-5AN SPXH0A0-5AN1 Notes Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4), speed potentiometer w/hoa (K), disconnect switch (P). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T FR10 FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-105

106 .4 SPX9000 Drives Accessories Demo Drive and Power Supply Demo Drive and Power Supply 9000X demo drive Hand-held 4V auxiliary power supply Used to supply power to the control module in order to perform keypad programming before the drive is connected to line voltage NEMA Type 1/IP54 Conversion Kit The NEMA Type 1/IP54 kit option is used to convert a NEMA Type 1/IP1 to a NEMA Type 1/IP54 drive. The NEMA Type 1/IP54 kit consists of a metal drive shroud, fan kit for some frames, adaptor plate and plugs. NEMA Type 1/IP54 Conversion Kit Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approximate Frame Size Delivery Code Length Width Height Weight Lb (kg) Catalog Number FR4 W 13 (330) 7 (178) 4 (10) 4 (1.8) OPTN1FR4 FR5 16 (406) 8 (03) 7 (178) 5 (.3) OPTN1FR5 FR6 1 (533) 10 (54) 5 (17) 7 (3.) OPTN1FR6 Flange Kits Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/IP54 The flange kit is utilized when the power section is mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. Includes flange mount brackets and NEMA Type 1/IP54 fan components. Metal shroud not included. Flange kits for NEMA Type 1/IP54 enclosure drive rating are determined by rating of drive. Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/ IP54 Frames 4, 5 and 6 1 Frame Size Delivery Code Catalog Number FR4 W OPTTHRFR4 FR5 FR6 OPTTHRFR5 OPTTHRFR6 Note 1 For installation of an SPX9000 NEMA Type 1/IP1 drive into a NEMA Type 1/IP54 oversized enclosure. Catalog Number 9000XDEMO 9000XAUX4V Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/ IP54 Frames Frame Size Delivery Code Catalog Number FR4 FP OPTTHR4 FR5 OPTTHR5 FR6 OPTTHR6 FR7 OPTTHR7 FR8 OPTTHR8 FR9 OPTTHR9 Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/IP1 Flange kits for NEMA Type 1/IP1 enclosure drive rating are determined by rating of drive. Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/IP1 Frames Frame Size Delivery Code Catalog Number FR4 FP OPTTHR4 FR5 OPTTHR5 FR6 OPTTHR6 FR7 FR8 FR9 OPTTHR7 OPTTHR8 OPTTHR9 V6-T-106 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

107 SPX9000 Drives.4 Options 9000X Series Option Board Kits The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards. The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. Option Boards A B C D E Option Board Kits Option Kit 1 Allowed Slot Locations Field Installed Catalog Number Factory Installed Option Designator Notes 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. SVX Ready Programs Local/ Basic Remote MSS PID Multi-P. PFC I/O Cards RO (NC-NO) B OPTA 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTA9 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc Extended I/O Cards RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 Encoder low volt +5V/15V/4V C OPTA4 A4 Encoder high volt +15V/4V C OPTA5 A5 Double encoder SPX only C OPTA7 A7 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTA1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc 3 DI (encoder 10 4V), out +15V/+4V, C OPTAE AE DO (pulse+direction) SPX only 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTAFA1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB B 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB BB Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-107

108 .4 SPX9000 Drives Option Boards A B C D E Option Board Kits, continued Option Kit 1 Allowed Slot Locations Field Installed Catalog Number Factory Installed Option Designator Notes 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 3 OPTC is a multi-protocol option card. SVX Ready Programs Local/ Basic Remote MSS PID Multi-P. PFC Communication Cards 3 Modbus D, E OPTC C Johnson Controls N D, E OPTC CA Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK Profibus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 Profibus DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 CanOpen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 Adapter SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 Adapter SPX only D, E OPTD D RS-3 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 Keypad 9000X Series local/remote keypad (replacement keypad) 9000X Series remote mount keypad unit (keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder, mounting hardware) KEYPAD- LOC/REM OPTRMT- KIT-9000X 9000X Series RS-3 cable, 13 ft PP00104 V6-T-108 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

109 SPX9000 Drives.4 Modbus RTU Network Communications The Modbus Network Card OPTC is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the baud rate ranges from 300 to 1900 baud. Other communication parameters include an address range from 1 to 47; a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1. PROFIBUS Network Communications The PROFIBUS Network Card OPTC3 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a PROFIBUS-DP network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female). The baud rates range from 9.6K baud to 1M baud, and the addresses range from 1 to 17. LonWorks Network Communications The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a LonWorks network. This interface uses Network Variable Types (SNVT) as data types. The channel connection is achieved using a FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver via a single twisted transfer cable. The communication speed with LonWorks is 78 kbits/s. CANopen (Slave) Communications The CANopen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to a host system. According to ISO11898 standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should have a nominal impedance of 10 ohms, and specific line delay of nominal 5 ns/m. 10 ohms line termination resistors required for installation. DeviceNet Network Communications The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN using a two-wire twisted shielded cable with two-wire bus power cable and drain. The baud rates used for communication include 15K baud, 50K baud and 500K baud. Johnson Controls Metasys N Network Communications The OPTC fieldbus board provides communication between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys N network. With this connection, the drive can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys system. The N fieldbus is available as a factory installed option and as a field installable kit. Modbus/TCP Network Communications The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. This interface provides a selection of standard and custom register values to communicate drive parameters. The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable over Ethernet using a supplied software tool. BACnet Network Communications The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/ Token Passing (MS/TP) RS This interface uses a collection of 30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports 9.6, 19. and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and supports network addresses Ethernet/IP Network Communications The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol networks. It includes an RJ- 45 pluggable connector. The interface uses CIP objects to communicate drive parameters (CIP is Common Industrial Protocol, the same protocol used by DeviceNet). The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable by Static, BOOTP and DHCP methods. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-109

110 .4 SPX9000 Drives Control Panel Options Factory Options Local/Remote Keypad SVX9000 Control Panel This option is standard on all drives and consists of an RS-3 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel programming and monitoring of all SVX9000 parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated from the input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location. Keypad Remote Mounting Kit This option is used to remote mount the SVX9000 keypad. The footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and mounting hardware. Miscellaneous Options SPX9000 Drive Options Brake Chopper Options The brake chopper circuit option is used for applications that require dynamic braking. Dynamic braking resistors are not included with drive Conformal (Varnished) Coating purchase. Consult the factory for dynamic braking resistors which are supplied separately. Resistors are not UL Listed. Conformal Coated Board Kits 3 Factory Installed Option Code For brake chopper circuit selection and adder NEMA Type 1/IP1, NEMA Type 1/ IP54, Chassis, consult the factory. Delivery code is FP. Notes 1 Consult factory. See Product Selection on Pages V6-T-101 to V6-T-105, 08 40V, V, V. Consult the factory for adder 3 See option catalog numbers on Page V6-T Replace with the correct catalog number from Page V6-T-107. Example: OPTCV. 5 Construct catalog numbers for factory installed per Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T-100. A Field Installed NEMA Type 1/IP1 Catalog Number KEYPAD-LOC/REM OPTRMT-KIT-9000X Keypad Blank 9000X Series select keypad for use with special and custom applications. KEYPAD-BLANK 9000XDrive A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX9000. Features include: loading parameters that can be saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form, and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used. SVDrivecable 6 ft (1.8m) RS-3 cable ( gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX9000 or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading specialized applications to the drive. External Dynamic Braking Resistors Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard duty and heavy-duty. duty is defined as 0% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as 50% duty or less with 150% braking torque. Chassis Frame FR4 FR5 FR6 FR7 FR8 FR9 FR10 FR11 FR1 FR13 FR14 Delivery Code FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP FP Field Installed Catalog Number OPT_V 4 5 Factory Installed Option Designator Catalog Number 9000XDRIVE SVDRIVECABLE 1 V6-T-110 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

111 SPX9000 Drives.4 Control/Communication Options Available Control/Communications Options Option Option Type K Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch Provides the SPX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from Control door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 0 ma signal. K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO Control mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus. KB 115V Control Transformer, 550 VA Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115V for customer use. Control L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light has occurred. P Disconnect Switch Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54 Freestanding drives. Allows a convenient Input means of disconnecting the SPX9000 from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure. SPX Freestanding Options 480V and 690V Control Options, hp 1 Catalog Number Suffix Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K HAND/OFF/AUTO switch ( mm) K4 115 volt control transformer 550 VA KB 480V and 690V Light Options, hp 1 Power on/fault pilot lights Input Options, hp 1 Disconnect switch P Notes 1 Consult factory for adder information. Applicable with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs only. Catalog Number Suffix L1 Catalog Number Suffix Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-111

112 .4 SPX9000 Drives Replacement Parts SPX9000 Drives Spare Units V, Frames 4 1 Control unit Includes the control board, blue base housing, installed SVX9000 software program and blue flip cover. Does not include any OPT boards or keypad. See Page V6-T-107 for standard and option boards and keypad. SPX9000 Drives Replacement Parts 08 40V, Frames FR4 FR8 Frame hp (I H ): 3/ / / Note 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. Catalog Number CSBS Delivery Code Catalog Number Control Board W VB00561 Power Boards 1 FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB Electrolytic Capacitors W PP01000 W PP01001 W PP0100 W PP01003 W PP W PP W PP01099 V6-T-11 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

113 SPX9000 Drives V, Frames FR4 FR8, continued Frame hp (I H ): 3/ / / Note PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. Delivery Code Catalog Number Cooling Fans W PP W PP W PP W PP FC PP W PP FC PP W PP FC CP FC PP08037 IGBT Modules 1 1 W CP W CP W CP W CP W CP W PP010 1 W PP W PP W PP W PP W PP W PP0107 Choppers/Rectifiers 1 W CP W CP01368 Diode/Thyristor Modules W PP W CP0168 Rectifying Boards W VB W VB007 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-113

114 .4 SPX9000 Drives V, Frames FR4 FR9 Frame hp (I H ): 1 1-1/ / 1 7-1/ Notes 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. 3 PP00011 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. 4 For FR9 NEMA Type 1/IP54 you need two PP01068 internal fans. Delivery Code Catalog Number Control Board W VB005 Power Boards 1 FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB Electrolytic Capacitors W PP01000 W PP01001 W PP0100 W PP01003 W PP W PP01005 Cooling Fans W PP W PP W PP W PP FC PP FC PP W PP FC PP W PP FC CP W PP FC PP09051 V6-T-114 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

115 SPX9000 Drives V, Frames FR4 FR9, continued Frame hp (I H ): 1 1-1/ / 1 7-1/ Notes 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. See Page V6-T-100 for details. Delivery Code Catalog Number IGBT Modules W CP W CP W CP W CP W CP W PP010 1 W PP W PP W PP W PP W PP W PP0107 Chopper/Rectifiers 1 1 W CP W CP01368 Diode/Thyristor Modules W PP W CP W PP01037 Rectifying Boards W VB W VB W VB00459 Rectifying Module Sub-assembly 1 1 W FR09810 Power Module Sub-assemblies 1 W FR ANS 1 W FR ANS Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-115

116 .4 SPX9000 Drives V, Frames FR10 FR1 Frame hp (I H ): Notes 1 Rectifying board not included. See Page V6-T-100 for details. 3 PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. Delivery Code Catalog Number Control Board W VB00561 Shunt Boards 6 FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB00514 Driver Boards FC VB FC VB00487 Driver Adapter Board FC VB00330 ASIC Board FC VB00451 Feedback Interface Board FC VB00448 Star Coupler Board FC VB00336 Power Modules FC FR FC FR FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS Electrolytic Capacitors FC PP FC PP01005 Fuses FC PP FC PP01095 Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers FC VB FC PP FC PP FC PP FC FR FC FR FC FR FC FR10847 Rectifying Board FC VB00459 V6-T-116 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

117 SPX9000 Drives V, Frames FR6 FR9 Frame hp (I H ): / Notes 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. See Page V6-T-100 for details. Delivery Code Catalog Number Control Board W VB00561 Driver Boards 1 FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB Power Boards FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB FB VB Power Modules 1 FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS Electrolytic Capacitors FC PP FC PP FC PP01040 Fuses W PP01094 W PP01095 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-117

118 .4 SPX9000 Drives V, Frames FR6 FR9, continued Frame hp (I H ): / Notes 1 I L only; has no corresponding I H rated hp rating. For NEMA Type 1/IP54, two PP01068 internal fans are needed. Delivery Code Catalog Number Cooling Fans W PP W PP W PP FC PP W PP FC CP W PP FC PP01080 Fan Power Supply FC VB0099 IGBT Modules FC PP FC PP FC PP0117 IGBT/Diode (Brake) FC PP01040 Diode Module FC PP0109 Diode/Thyristor Modules 3 3 FC PP FC PP0107 Rectifying Boards 1 1 FC VB FC VB00460 Rectifying Module Sub-Assemblies W FR FC FR09811 V6-T-118 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

119 SPX9000 Drives V, Frames FR10 FR1 Frame hp (I H ): Notes 1 Rectifying board not included. See Page V6-T-100 for details. 3 PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately. Delivery Code Catalog Number Component Boards W VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB FC VB0051 FC VB FC VB00336 Power Modules FC FR FC FR FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS 1 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS 3 FC FR ANS Electrolytic Capacitors FC PP FC PP01099 Fuses FC PP FC PP01095 Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers FC VB FC PP FC PP FC PP FC FR FC FR FC FR FC FR10847 Fan Power Supply FC VB0099 Rectifying Boards FC VB00460 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-119

120 .4 SPX9000 Drives Technical Data and Specifications SPX9000 Drives Specification Input Ratings Input voltage (V in ) +10%/ 15% Input frequency (f in ) 50/60 Hz (variation up to Hz) Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation) High withstand rating 100 kaic Output Ratings Output voltage 0 to V in Continuous output current I H rated 100% at 1 F (50 C), FR9 and below I L rated 100% at 104 F (40 C), FR9 and below I H /I L 100% at 104 F (40 C), FR10 and above Overload current (I H /I L ) 150% I H, 110% I L for 1 min. Output frequency 0 to 30 Hz Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz Initial output current (I H ) 50% for seconds Control Characteristics Control method Frequency control (V/f) Open loop: sensorless vector control Closed loop: frequency control Closed loop: vector control Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter.6.9 Frame to 16 khz; default 10 khz Frame to 10 khz; default 3.6 khz Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz Field weakening point 30 to 30 Hz Acceleration time 0 to 3000 sec. Deceleration time 0 to 3000 sec. Braking torque DC brake: 30% x T n (without brake option) Ambient Conditions Ambient operating temperature Storage temperature Relative humidity 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 1 F (50 C) I H (FR4 FR9) 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 104 F (40 C) I L (FR10 and up) 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 104 F (40 C) I L (all frames) 40 to 158 F ( 40 to 70 C) 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC , unit in operation, class 3C; Mechanical particles: IEC , unit in operation, class 3S Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 380 ft (1000m); 1% derating for each 38 ft (100m) above 380 ft (1000m); max. 984 ft (3000m) Vibration EN 50178, EN ; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz Shock EN 50178, EN UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package) Enclosure class NEMA 1/IP1 or NEMA 1/IP54, open chassis/ip0 Control Connections Analog input voltage Analog input current Digital inputs (6) Auxiliary voltage Output reference voltage Analog output Digital outputs Relay outputs Specification 0 to 10V, R = 00 kohms ( 10 to 10V joystick control) resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1% 0(4) to 0 ma; R i 50 ohms differential Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc +4V ±15%, max. 50 ma +10V +3%, max. load 10 ma 0(4) to 0 ma; R L max. 500 ohms; resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±% Open collector output, 50 ma/48v programmable Form C relay outputs switching capacity: 4 Vdc/8A, 50 Vac/8A, 15 Vdc/0.4A Protections Overcurrent protection Trip limit 4.0 x I H instantaneously Overvoltage protection Yes Undervoltage protection Yes Earth fault protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected Input phase supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing Overtemperature protection Yes Motor overload protection Yes Motor stall protection Yes Motor underload protection Yes Short circuit protection Yes (+4V and +10V reference voltages) High Performance Features Speed error <0.01%, depending on the encoder Encoder support Incremental or absolute Encoder voltages 5V (RS-4), 15V or 4V, depending on the option card Torque control Full torque control at all speeds, including zero Torque accuracy <%; <5% down to zero speed Starting torque >00%, depending on motor and drive sizing Master/slave configurations Full capability System analysis Integrated data logger PC communication Fast multiple drive monitoring with PC Inter-drive communication High-speed bus (1 Mbits/s) High-speed applications Up to 700 Hz V6-T-10 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

121 SPX9000 Drives.4 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 9000X Drives NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6 D1 Voltage hp (I H ) H1 H H3 D1 D D3 W1 W R1 Dia. R Dia. FR4 30V 480V 3/ (37) FR5 30V 5 7-1/ V 7-1/ 15 (419) FR6 30V V 0 30 (558) 575V (313) 16.0 (406) 1.3 (541) H (9) 15.3 (389) 0.4 (519) H1 H D3 7.5 (190) 8.4 (14) 9.3 (37) EATON W1 W 3.0 (77) 3.9 (100) 4. (105) 5.0 (16) 5.8 (148) 6.5 (165) D R R1 R Knockouts 5.04 (18) 5.7 (144) 7.7 (195) 3.9 (100) 3.9 (100) 5.8 (148) 0.5 (13) 0.5 (13) 0.6 (15.5) 0.3 (7) 0.3 (7) 0.4 (9) Weight Lbs (kg) 11.0 (5) 3 at 10.1 (8) Knockouts at Inches (mm) N1 (O.D.) 17.9 (8) at 1.5 (37) 1 at 10.1 (8) 40.8 (19) 3 at 1.5 (37) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-11

122 .4 SPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6 W D W5 H8 H4 FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit W1 W H1 H H3 H4 H5 D1 D Dia. A FR4 5.0 (18) 4.5 (113) 13.3 (337) 1.8 (35) 1.9 (37) 1. (30) 0.9 () 7.5 (190) 3.0 (77) 0.3 (7) FR5 5.6 (143) 4.7 (10) 17.0 (434) 16.5 (40) 16.5 (419) 1.4 (36) 0.7 (18) 8.4 (14) 3.9 (100) 0.3 (7) FR6 7.7 (195) 6.7 (170).0 (560) 1.6 (549).0 (558) 1. (30) 0.8 (0) 9.3 (37) 4. (106) 0.3 (7) Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6 H H1 H3 H7 Flange Opening FR4 to FR6 H6 W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B FR4 4.8 (13) 4.5 (113) 1.4 (315) 1.8 (35) 0. (5) 0.3 (7) FR5 5.3 (135) 4.7 (10) 16. (410) 16.5 (40) 0. (5) 0.3 (7) FR6 7.3 (185) 6.7 (170) 6. (157) 1. (539) 1.6 (549) 0.3 (7) 0. (5) 0.3 (7) Dia. A D1 H5 W4 H9 Dia. B W3 W1 V6-T-1 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

123 SPX9000 Drives.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR7 D D3 Knockouts R Voltage hp (I H ) H1 H H3 D1 D D3 W1 W R1 Dia. R Dia. Weight Lbs (kg) W W1 30V (630) 4. (614) 3. (590) 10.1 (57) 3.0 (77) 7.3 (184) 9.3 (37) 7.5 (190) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 77. (35) 3 at 1.5 (37) 480V V H1 H H3 R1 D1 R Knockouts at Inches (mm) N1 (O.D.) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-13

124 .4 SPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR8 W1 W R R1 D1 Voltage hp (I H ) D1 H1 H H3 W1 W R1 Dia. R Dia. Weight Lbs (kg) 30V (344) (764) 8.8 (73) 8.4 (71) 11.5 (91) 10 (55) 0.7 (18) 0.4 (9) 17 (58) 480V V H1 H H3 V6-T-14 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

125 SPX9000 Drives.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8 W4 W D H1 W5 W6 H13 H6 H4 H9 W1 W W3 W4 H1 H H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D Dia. A FR7 9.3 (37) 6.8 (175) 10.6 (70) 10.0 (53) 5.6 (65) 4.9 (63) 4.8 (630) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 0.9 (3) 0.8 (0) 10.1 (57) 4.6 (117) 0.3 (6) FR8 11. (85) 14.0 (355) 13.0 (330) 3.8 (83) 9.3 (745) 10. (58) 10.4 (65) 1.7 (43). (57) 13.5 (344) 4.3 (110) 0.4 (9) Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8 H4 H H1 H3 H9 Flange Opening FR7/FR8 H8 W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H1 H13 Dia. B FR7 9. (33) 6.9 (175) 10.0 (53) 4.4 (619) 7.4 (189) 7.4 (189) 1.4 (35) 1.3 (3) 1.0 (5) 0.3 (6) FR (301) 13.0 (330) 31.9 (810) 10. (58) 10.4 (65) 1.3 (33) 0.4 (9) H5 H10 Dia. A H7 H11 Dia. B D1 W7 W3 W1 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-15

126 .4 SPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR9 D1 R H1 H H3 Voltage hp (I H ) H1 H H3 D1 D W1 W R1 Dia. R Dia. Weight Lbs (kg) 30V (1150) 44.1 (110) 4.4 (1076) 13.4 (340) 14.3 (36) 18.9 (480) 15.7 (400) 0.8 (0) 0.4 (9) 3 (146) 480V V R1 W W1 D R V6-T-16 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

127 SPX9000 Drives.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR9, continued H6 W5 W5 B- B+ /R+ R- PE H4 H3 W4 W3 W W1 H H1 H5 D3 Dia. D1 D W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 H6 1 D1 D D3 Dia (480) 15.7 (400) 6.5 (165) 0.4 (9).1 (54) 45.3 (1150) 44.1 (110) 8.3 (71) 8.0 (05) 0.6 (16) 7.4 (188) 14. (361.5) 13.4 (340) 11. (85) 0.8 (1) Note 1 Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-17

128 .4 SPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit D1 H5 W3 H6 H4 H H3 H3 H3 H5 Flange Opening FR9 H1 W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D D3 Dia. 0.9 (530) 0.0 (510) 19.1 (485) 7.9 (00) 0. (5.5) 51.7 (131) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (40) 3.9 (100) 1.4 (35) 0.4 (9) 0.1 () 4.9 (36) 13.4 (340) 4.3 (109) 0.8 (1) Dia. H4 H7 W5 D3 W4 W4.0 (5) Dia. W1 D W V6-T-18 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

129 SPX9000 Drives.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1 and NEMA Type 1/IP54, FR10 Freestanding H1 Volts H H3 hp (I H ) W1 W W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H H3 D1 D D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. Dia V V (595).46 (6.5) W (115) 0.79 (0) 5.95 (151) Operator (Shown with Optional Disconnect).95 (75) (79) D3 W4 D W (018) (1900) Dia (51.5) W7 W6 W (60) Dia. W3 W3 W3 W3 D (443) W (483) W4 Dia. 3 D4 W 0.47 (1) D5 11. (85) D6 D (447) 0.08 (510) 0.83 (1) 1.89 (48) 0.43 (11) Weight Lbs (kg) 875 (389) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-19

130 .4 SPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR10 Open Chassis 1 W3 W D3 H5 Voltage hp (I H ) W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D D3 D4 480V V (500) 16.7 (45) H7 1. (30) H3 H4.6 (67) H H1 1.8 (35) 45.9 (1165) 44.1 (111) 34.6 (879) 33.5 (850) Note 1 SPX9000X FR1 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions. H6 0.7 (17) W5 W4 D4 4.7 (67) D D (75) 19.9 (506) 17.9 (455) 16.7 (43) 16.6 (41) Weight Lbs (kg) 518 (35) W1 V6-T-130 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

131 SPX9000 Drives.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1/IP1, FR11 Freestanding Drive H1 H Voltage H3 hp (I H ) W1 W W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H H3 D1 D D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. Dia V V (794).40 (61) W (165) 0.79 (0) 3.43 (87).95 (75).5 (64) D3 Operator (Shown with Optional Disconnect) 1.18 (30) W4 D W (018) W5 W8 W6 W6 W6W7 W7W6 W6 W (1900) Dia. 1 Dia. W3 W3 W3 W (51.5) D (60) 11. (85) (485) 0.47 (1) Dia. 3 W D4 D (447) 0.83 (1) 1.89 (48) 0.35 x 0.43 (9 x 11) Weight Lbs (kg) 56 (39) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-131

132 .4 SPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR11 Open Chassis W3 W W Shown without terminal cover W1 D H Voltage hp (I H ) W1 W W3 H1 H D1 D H1 Weight Lbs (kg) 480V (709) 8.6 (5).6 (67) 45.5 (1155) 33.5 (850) 19.8 (503) 18.4 (468) 833 (378) 575V W3 W W D1 V6-T-13 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

133 SPX9000 Drives.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR13, Open Chassis Inverter Dia. 4 W3 D6 D8 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1 D1 D W1 D7 D5 D6 H3 H1 H4 Dia. W W W W H Dia. 3 D4 D4 H5 Dia. 3 W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 D1 D D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D (708) 5.91 (150) 6.65 (677) 4.57 (116) 3.35 (85) (1055).46 (6.5) (101.5) (1050) Notes 9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions. FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions (0) 1.77 (553) D (13) W5 W5 W (16) 1.97 (50) 1.06 (7) 1.57 (40) 5.91 (150) 9.64 (44.8) Dia x0.59 (9x15) Dia (4.6) Dia (13) Dia (9.5) Weight Lbs (kg) 683 (310) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-133

134 .4 SPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR13, Open Chassis Converter Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 H3 W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 D1 D D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. Dia (476) 5.91 (150) 17.5 (445) 4.57 (116) 3.35 (85) Number of Input Units 480V Catalog Number hp Input Modules (1055).46 (6.5) (101.5) (1050) 690V Catalog Number 0.69 (17.5) (373) SPX800A0-4AN1 800 SPX800A0-5AN1 800 SPX900A0-5AN1 900 D1 D D3 hp SPXH10A0-5AN W W (13) Input Modules W3 Dia. 3 W1 W 0.73 (18.5) W5 6.4 (163) D6 H.56 (65) D9 D8 D7 H1 Dia (7) 1.57 (40) D (150) D5 D5 H5 Dia. 5.4 (133) H4 0.35x0.59 (9x15) 0.51 (13) 0.37 (9.5) Weight Lbs (kg) 95 (134) V6-T-134 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

135 SPX9000 Drives.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FR13, Open Chassis Converter 900/1000 hp 480V Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 H3 W1 W W3 W4 W5 H1 H H3 H4 H5 D1 D D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D (708) 5.91 (150) Number of Input Units 480V Catalog Number 6.65 (677) 4.57 (116) hp 3.35 (85) SPX900A0-4AN SPXH10A0-4AN (1055) Input Modules.46 (6.5) (101.5) D (1050) 0.69 (17.5) (373) D Dia. D (13) W W (18.5) 6.4 (163) W W3 Dia (65) W1 W5 W 1.06 (7) 1.57 (40) W W (150) D6 H 5.4 (133) D9 D8 D7 H1 Dia x0.59 (9x15) D4 Dia (4.6) D5 D5 H5 Dia. 3 Dia (13) Dia (9.5) H4 Weight Lbs (kg) 443 (01) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-135

136 .4 SPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) AC Choke Dimensions Choke Types Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 Catalog Number Frame Size Choke Type 1 Voltage Range V Voltage Range V SPX 50 4 FR10 CHK0400 SPX 00 5 FR10 CHK061 SPX CHK050 SPX 50 5 CHK0400 SPX CHK050 SPX CHK0400 SPX FR11 x CHK0400 SPX FR11 CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX x CHK0400 SPX FR1 x CHK050 SPX FR1 x CHK0400 SPX x CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX x CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX FR13 x CHK0400 SPX FR13 x CHK0400 SPX x CHK050 SPX x CHK0400 SPX H x CHK050 SPX H10 5 x CHK0400 SPX H1 4 FR14 4 x CHK050 SPX H13 5 FR14 4 x CHK0400 SPX H x CHK0400 SPX H x CHK0400 CHK050 Note 8.03 (04) 5.70 (145) 9.61 (44) 1.69 (43) 3.03 (77).83 (1).55 (14) 1 Chokes are provided with all FR10 FR14 drives..79 (0) 1.58 (40) (165) (497) (00) 6.50 (165).79 (0) (399).4 (6) (446) V6-T-136 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

137 SPX9000 Drives.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) CHK0400 CHK (10) 9.37 (38) 5.51 (140) (6) 8.11 (06) 4.5 (108) 9.06 (30) 1.54 (39).64 (67) 1.54 (39).87 ().75 (19).75 (19) Min (354).59 (15).59 (15).59 (15) 1.18 (30).59 (15) 1.18 (30) 4.7 (10) (350) (10) 5.90 (150) 4.7 (10) (75) (350) 4.7 (10) (150) (75).4 (6).4 (6) (41) (383) (357) (319) (87) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-137

138 .5 H-Max Series Drives H-Max Series Drives Contents H-Max Series Drives H-Max Drives H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives Page V6-T-139 V6-T-149 Product Overview H-Max Family Introduction Eaton s H-Max Series VFD is the next generation of drives specifically engineered for HVAC pump and fluid control applications. The H-Max family of products boasts industry leading energy efficiency algorithms for your applications. Not only are the drives ultra-efficient they contain software that minimizes motor winding energy loses in your applications. Designed for easy installation, simple startup, and long life; the H-Max Series drive family provides exceptional value to our customers, Product Range Open Style Drives: hp at 30 Vac hp at 480 Vac Note: Available in NEMA 1 or NEMA 1 designs. IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drives: 1 30 hp at 08 Vac 1 30 hp at 30 Vac 1 75 hp at 480 Vac Note: Available in NEMA 1, NEMA 1, or NEMA 3R enclosures. Application The H-Max Series drive was designed specifically for HVAC pump and fluid control applications. It is intended to be used on variable torque loads with the intent of moving air or liquids. With this in mind, the H-Max drive has onboard I/O pre-programmed to meet the common needs for these applications. The H-Max drive supports items such as standard speed control, PID functionality, as well as multi-motor applications. The drive easily supports interlock, second motor parameter set, as well as fire mode functionality. Key Feature Active Energy Control Algorithm Eaton s H-Max Series drives have been designed to provide industry leading energy saving solutions. Not only is the drive ultra-efficient, the drive seeks the most efficient operating point of the motor, minimizing energy loss in the windings per the given load requirements. This is an Eaton protected control algorithm exclusive to H-Max drives. V6-T-138 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

139 H-Max Series Drives.5 H-Max Drives Contents H-Max Drives Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Accessories Replacement Parts Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagram Dimensions H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives... Page V6-T-140 V6-T-141 V6-T-144 V6-T-145 V6-T-146 V6-T-147 V6-T-148 V6-T-149 H-Max Drives Product Eaton s H-Max Series VFD has software and hardware designed specifically for the HVAC, pump industry. The ultra-efficient DC capacitor and power structure allows the drive to consume less energy, lowering greenhouse gases. The I/O configuration is designed with wiring ergonomics in mind by including removable terminal blocks. The main, easily removable, control board used for all drive frames with six digital IN, two analog IN, one analog OUT, three relay OUT accepts two additional I/O or communication board. In addition, the control board has built-in RS-485 and Ethernet communication. These drives continue the tradition of robust performance, and raise the bar on features and functionality, ensuring the best solution at the right price. In addition to the Active Energy Control Algorithm to maximize motor efficiency, the drive boasts an ultraefficient DC capacitor and power structure to allow less energy consumption, lowering greenhouse gases. Features and Benefits Hardware Thin metal capacitor design ultra-efficient drive operation and extended self life (up to five years without reforming) Integrated 5% DC link choke with Input surge protection protects against voltage spikes and provides a clean wave form to the motor EMI/RFI filters standard on all drives meets EMC Category for commercial applications Real-time clock supports calendaring and PLC functionality Graphic LCD display and keypad supports simple menu navigation as well as on-screen diagnostics and troubleshooting HAND-OFF-AUTO and drive-bypass selector on keypad simplifies control I/O: 6DI, AI, 1AO, Form C RO (NO/ NC), 1 Form A RO (NO) supports requirements for most installations Onboard RS 485: Modbus, N, BACnet meets needs of most communication requirements Onboard Ethernet: BACnet/ IP, Modbus/TCP meets needs of most communication requirements Two expansion slots intended to support additional I/O or communication protocols as necessary Quick disconnect terminals for I/O connections supports fast easy installation Software Active energy control minimizes energy losses in your motor resulting in industry leading energy efficiency for your application Quick Start Wizard upon initial power up supports fast easy installation Copy/paste functionality on drive keypad allows for fast setup of multiple drives Pre-programmed I/O supports fast easy installation for most applications s and Certifications Product IEC CE cul Safety UL 508C EN CE cul C-Tick Mark Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-139

140 .5 H-Max Series Drives Catalog Number Selection H-Max Series Drives Product HMX = HVAC drive Phase 3 = Three-phase Voltage = 00 40V 4 = V Software Series A Z Keypad G = Graphical panel Notes All boards are varnished (conformed coated). Corrosion resistant. Battery included in all drives for real-time clock. Keypad kit includes HOA bypass. Keypad kit includes HOA, back reset for Europe application. EMI/RFI filters included. DC link choke included. HMX 3 4 A G 3D4 1 - N Amperes Volts Volts 3D7 = 3.7A 0.75 hp, 0.55 kw 4D8 = 4.8A 1 hp, 0.75 kw 6D6 = 6.6A 1.5 hp, 1.1 kw 8D0 = 8A hp, 1.5 kw 011 = 11A 3 hp,. kw 01 = 1A 4 hp, 3 kw 018 = 18A 5 hp, 4 kw 04 = 4A 7.5 hp, 5.5 kw 031 = 31A 10 hp, 7.5 kw 048 = 48A 15 hp, 11 kw 06 = 6A 0 hp, 15 kw 075 = 75A 5 hp, 18.5 kw 088 = 88A 30 hp, kw 105 = 105A 40 hp, 30 kw 140 = 140A 50 hp, 37 kw 170 = 170A 60 hp, 45 kw 05 = 05A 75 hp, 55 kw 61 = 61A 100 hp, 75 kw 310 = 310A 15 hp, 90 kw 3D4 = 3.4A 1.5 hp, 1.1 kw 4D8 = 4.8 hp, 1.5 kw 5D6 = 5.6A 3 hp,. kw 8D0 = 8A 4 hp, 3 kw 9D6 = 9.6A 5 hp, 4 kw 01 = 1A 7.5 hp, 5.5 kw 016 = 16A 10 hp, 7.5 kw 03 = 3A 15 hp, 11 kw 031 = 31A 0 hp, 15 kw 038 = 38A 5 hp, 18.5 kw Enclosure 1 = Open NEMA Type 1 IP1 = Open NEMA Type 1 IP54 Input Options Frame and Voltage Specific =EMC C Braking/Application N = No brake chopper (low overload) 046 = 46A 30 hp, kw 061 = 61A 40 hp, 30 kw 07 = 7A 50 hp, 37 kw 087 = 87A 60 hp, 45 kw 105 = 105A 75 hp, 55 kw 140 = 140A 100 hp, 75 kw 170 = 170A 15 hp, 90 kw 05 = 05A 150 hp, 110 kw 61 = 61A 00 hp, 13 kw 310 = 310A 50 hp, 160 kw V6-T-140 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

141 H-Max Series Drives.5 Product Selection H-Max Series Drives 30 Vac NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1/IP1 FS Drive Output Current Frame Low Overload Full Size Load Amps at 40 C Note 1 For sizing reference. Horsepower Assigned Motor Ratings Drive kw 30 Vac/50 Hz 30 Vac NEC Amps 1 Low Overload Full Load Amps at 50 C Catalog Number HMX3AG3D71-N HMX3AG4D81-N HMX3AG6D61-N HMX3AG8D01-N HMX3AG0111-N N/A 11 HMX3AG011-N HMX3AG0181-N HMX3AG041-N HMX3AG0311-N HMX3AG0481-N HMX3AG061-N HMX3AG0751-N HMX3AG0881-N HMX3AG1051-N HMX3AG1401-N HMX3AG1701-N HMX3AG051-N HMX3AG611-N N/A 61 HMX3AG3101-N NEMA Type 1/IP54 FS Drive Output Current Frame Low Overload Full Size Load Amps at 40 C Horsepower Assigned Motor Ratings Drive kw 30 Vac/50 Hz 30 Vac NEC Amps 1 Low Overload Full Load Amps at 50 C Catalog Number HMX3AG3D7-N HMX3AG4D8-N HMX3AG6D6-N HMX3AG8D0-N HMX3AG011-N N/A 11 HMX3AG01-N HMX3AG018-N HMX3AG04-N HMX3AG031-N HMX3AG048-N HMX3AG06-N HMX3AG075-N HMX3AG088-N HMX3AG105-N HMX3AG140-N HMX3AG170-N HMX3AG05-N HMX3AG61-N N/A 61 HMX3AG310-N Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-141

142 .5 H-Max Series Drives H-Max Series Drives 480 Vac NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1/IP1 FS Drive Output Current Frame Low Overload Full Size Load Amps at 40 C Note 1 For sizing reference. Horsepower Assigned Motor Ratings Drive kw 400 Vac/50 Hz 480 Vac NEC Amps 1 Low Overload Full Load Amps at 50 C Catalog Number HMX34AG3D41-N HMX34AG4D81-N HMX34AG5D61-N N/A 5.6 HMX34AG8D01-N HMX34AG9D61-N HMX34AG011-N HMX34AG0161-N HMX34AG031-N HMX34AG0311-N HMX34AG0381-N HMX34AG0461-N HMX34AG0611-N HMX34AG071-N HMX34AG0871-N HMX34AG1051-N HMX34AG1401-N HMX34AG1701-N HMX34AG051-N HMX34AG611-N HMX34AG3101-N NEMA Type 1/IP54 FS Drive Output Current Frame Low Overload Full Size Load Amps at 40 C Horsepower Assigned Motor Ratings Drive kw 400 Vac/50 Hz 480 Vac NEC Amps 1 Low Overload Full Load Amps at 50 C Catalog Number HMX34AG3D4-N HMX34AG4D8-N HMX34AG5D6-N N/A 5.6 HMX34AG8D0-N HMX34AG9D6-N HMX34AG01-N HMX34AG016-N HMX34AG03-N HMX34AG031-N HMX34AG038-N HMX34AG046-N HMX34AG061-N HMX34AG07-N HMX34AG087-N HMX34AG105-N HMX34AG140-N HMX34AG170-N HMX34AG05-N HMX34AG61-N HMX34AG310-N V6-T-14 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

143 H-Max Series Drives.5 Onboard Network Communications Johnson Controls Metasys N H-Max Series provides communication between the drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys N network. With this connection, the drive can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys system. N can be selected and programmed by the drive keypad. BACnet H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slot B The factory issued relay option board can be replaced with the following option H-Max Series provides communication to BACnet networks. Data transfer is master-slave/token passing (MS/TP) RS-485. BACnet IP 100 base T interface. Modbus TCP Ethernet based protocol. boards to customize the drive for your application needs. Option Boards Mounted in Slot B Option Kit H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E The H-Max Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of two option boards. Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E NEMA Type 1 to NEMA Type 1/IP54 Conversion Kit The NEMA Type 1/IP54 option kit is used to convert a NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA Type 1 drive. NEMA Type 1/IP54 Cover Kit consists of a drive cover, fan kit and plugs. Modbus RTU H-Max Series provides communication to Modbus RTU RS-485 as a slave on a Modbus network. Other communication parameters include an address range from 1 47; a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1. The standard board provides Form C RO (NO/NC) and 1 Form A RO (NO). Option Kit Catalog Number I/O expander card, RO and thermistor input Relay Board Option Kit The H-Max Series factoryinstalled standard board configuration includes an I/O board and a relay output board. Option Kit Catalog Number 6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output XMX-IO-B1-A 1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor XMX-IO-B-A 1 x AI, x AO (isolated) XMX-IO-B4-A 3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A 1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 4 40 Vac input XMX-IO-B9-A 1 x AO, 1 x DO, 1 x RO XMX-IO-BF-A LonWorks XMX-COM-C4-A Option Kit FS4-branded N1/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS5-branded N1/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos FS6-branded N1/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos Option Kit Catalog Number FS4-N1KIT FS5-N1KIT FS6-N1KIT Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-143

144 .5 H-Max Series Drives Accessories Flange Kits The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/IP1 Includes flange, mounting brackets, and screws. Flange Kit NEMA Type 1/IP54 Includes flange, mounting brackets, NEMA Type 1 fan Frames FS4 FS9 1 NEMA Type 1/IP54 FS4 N1/IP54 flange kit (mounting N1 drive into N1 enclosure) FS5 N1/IP54 flange kit (mounting N1 drive into N1 enclosure) FS6 N1/IP54 flange kit (mounting N1 drive into N1 enclosure) FS7 N1/IP54 flange kit (mounting N1 drive into N1 enclosure) components, air shroud screws and plugs. Catalog Number FS4-Flange-N1KIT FS5-Flange-N1KIT FS6-Flange-N1KIT FS7-Flange-N1KIT Keypad Accessories Remote Mounting Keypad Kit Frames FS4 FS9 Remote mounting keypad kit bezel and cable Drive Demo H-Max Series Drive Demo Demos and Power Supply H-Max Series drive demo H-Max Series bypass demo Hand-held 4V auxiliary power supply used to supply power to the control module in order to perform keypad programming before the drive is connected to line voltage Catalog Number OPTRMT-BP-HMAX Catalog Number H-MAX-DEMO H-MAX-BYPASS-DEMO 9000XAUX4V Notes 1 For installation of a NEMA Type 1 drive into a NEMA Type 1 oversized enclosure. Frame size 8 and 9 must be ordered from the factory as a flange mount unit. V6-T-144 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

145 H-Max Series Drives.5 Replacement Parts Control Board/Keypad H-Max Series graphic bypass, HOA H-Max Series graphic back, HOA PC Cable Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with software driver disk Replacement Relay Board in Slot B Replacement relay board qty Form C relay, qty 1 Form A relay Main Fan FS4 main fan FS5 main fan FS6 main fan FS7 main fan Internal Fan FS4 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 1) FS5 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 1) FS6 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 1) FS7 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 1) Current Catalog Number KeypadbypassHOA KeypadbackHOA Catalog Number REM-USB-Down Catalog Number Relay board 1 Catalog Number FS4-Main Fan FS5-Main Fan FS6-Main Fan FS7-Main Fan Catalog Number FS4-Internal Fan FS5-Internal Fan FS6-Internal Fan FS7-Internal Fan Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-145

146 .5 H-Max Series Drives Technical Data and Specifications H-Max Series Drives Specification Input Ratings Input voltage (V in ) Vac, Vac, 10%/+10% Input frequency (f in ) 50/60 Hz (variation up to Hz) Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation) Short circuit withstand 100 kaic rating Output Ratings Output voltage 0 to V in /U in line voltage in Continuous output current Ambient temperature max. 104 F (40 C) I L overload 1.1 x I L (1 min./10 min.) Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.) Initial output current 150% for two seconds Output frequency 0 to 30 Hz Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz Control Characteristics Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control Switching frequency amps FS4 9: default 6 khz Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz Field weakening point 8 to 30 Hz Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Deceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Braking torque DC brake: 30% x T n Ambient Conditions Ambient operating temperature Storage temperature Relative humidity FS4 FS9: 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 104 F (40 C) (Drive can operate at 1 F (50 C), see Pages V6-T-141 and V6-T-14) 40 to 158 F ( 40 to 70 C) 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC , unit in operation, Class 3C; Mechanical particles: IEC , unit in operation, Class 3S Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 380 ft (1000m); 1% derating for each 38 ft (100m) above 380 ft (1000m); max. 984 ft (3000m); V Vibration Shock Enclosure class s EMC Emissions FS4 FS9: EN , EN ; 5 to 150 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 5 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz EN , EN UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package) NEMA Type 1/IP1 or NEMA Type 1/IP54 (keypad required for IP54/Type 1) Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements; Emissions: EN , LEVEL H (EMC C) EMC level dependent +EMC : EN (004) Category C Delivered with Class C EMC filtering as default. Control Connections Analog input voltage Analog input current Digital inputs (6) Auxiliary voltage Output reference voltage Analog output Relay outputs Hard wire jumper Dip switch setting default Protections Specification 0 to 10V, R = 00 kohms differential Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1% Dip switch selection (voltage/current) 0(4) to 0 ma; R i 50 ohms differential Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc +4V ±10%, max. 50 ma +10V +3%, max. load 10 ma 0 10V, 0(4) to 0 ma; R L max. 500 ohms; Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±% Dip switch selection (voltage/current) 3 programmable, Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs Switching capacity: 4 Vdc/8A, 50 Vac/8A, 15 Vdc/0.4A Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default RS485 = off A01 = current A1 = current A11 = voltage Overcurrent protection Yes Overvoltage protection Yes DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load) Undervoltage protection Yes Earth fault protection Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected) Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing) Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing) Overtemperature protection Yes Motor overload protection Yes Motor stall protection Yes Motor underload protection Yes Short circuit protection Yes Surge protection Yes (varistor input) Conformed coated Yes (prevents corrosion) (varnished) boards V6-T-146 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

147 H-Max Series Drives.5 Wiring Diagram Control Input/Output, PID Application Optional Circuit Breaker Factory Jumper s Resistor Analog RJ-45 L1 L L3 Slot A Terminal 1 +10V AI 1+ 3 Vin Digital inputs D1 D6, relay out, analog in/out are freely programmed The user can assign a single input to multiple functions Three-Phase Input Input (Single-Phase not available) AI + AI 4Vout GND DIN1 DIN DIN3 4Vout GND DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 AO 1+ Factory Default Signal DB Chopper Three-Phase Output Reference Output Analog Input Voltage (Range 0 10 Vdc) (can be programmed to current 4 0 ma) Analog Output Common (Ground) Analog Input Current (Range 4 0 ma) (can be programmed to voltage 0 10 Vdc) PI Setpoint or Feedback Analog Input Common PI Setpoint or Feedback Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.) I/O Ground START/STOP (Contact closed = start) External Fault (Closed = fault) Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock (Closed = OK) DIN1 DIN6 Common Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.) I/O Ground Speed Select 0 100% (Preset speed) Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode) Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass) DIN1 DIN6 Common Output Frequency (0 0 ma) RO3 Fault Includes Six digital input Two analog input One analog output Three relay output RS-485 Ethernet (BACnet and Modbus) R+ R- 19 AO 1 Analog Output Common (Ground) 30 4 Vdcin Auxiliary Input Voltage A DATA- RS-485 DATA- Programmable BACnet, B DATA+ RS-485 DATA+ Modbus, FLN, N 1 Relay Board 1 Slot B Default Signal RO1 Bypass Run Vdc/8A 50 Vac/8A 5 RO Drive Run 15 Vdc/0.4A COM CMB BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based) 5% DC Link Reactor U (T1) V (T) W (T3) Slot D Optional Resistor 1 RO1 NC A B 4 Vdc out GND DI4 DI5 DI Vdc RO1 COM AI1+ Motor RO1 NO AI1 ON CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT Terminal Block Layout AI+ RO NC AI Reliability Pretested components Conformal coated (varnished) boards 40 C rated 110% overload for one minute Eaton Electrical Services & Systems national network of AF drive specialists Test RO COM COM DI1 6 4 Vdc out OFF VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE RO NO AO1+ GND AO1 4 Vdc RS-485 RS-485 in Data Data+ DI1 RS485 AO1 AI AI1 RO3 COM DI Factory Jumper External Interlock RO3 NO DI3 COM DI1 6 Slot E Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-147

148 .5 H-Max Series Drives Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) H-Max Series Frames FS4 FS7 W H3 H1 W1 H D Voltage hp kw Amps D H1 FS4 30 Vac 480 Vac (197.3) FS5 30 Vac Vac (1.6) FS6 30 Vac Vac (36.0) FS7 30 Vac Vac (66.5) 1.89 (37.5) (419.0) 1.93 (557.0) 5.98 (660.0) Hole Center-to-Center H H3 W1 W W3 1.3 (313.0) (406.0) 1.8 (540.5) 5.39 (645.0) W3 11. (85.0) (38.0) 0.4 (514.0) 4.9 (617.0) 5.04 (18.0) 5.67 (144.0) 7.68 (195.0) 9.06 (30.0) 3.94 (100.0) 4.53 (115.0) 5.83 (148.0) 7.48 (190.0) 3.94 (100.0) 3.94 (100.0) 5.83 (148.0) 7.48 (190.0) Weight in Lbs (kg) 13. (6).0 (10) 44.1 (0) 8.6 (37.5) H-Max Series Frames FS8 and FS9 W1 W W3 H3 H1 H D Voltage hp kw Amps D H1 FS8 30 Vac 480 Vac (349.6) FS9 30 Vac Vac (371.6) Note: For flange dimension, please reference User Manual (965.7) (890.4) Hole Center-to-Center H H3 W1 W W (946.4) (810.0) 37.6 (946.4) (810.0) 11.4 (90.1) (480.0) 9.9 (36.0) (400.0) 1.4 (36.0) 1.57 (40.0) Weight in Lbs (kg) (70) 38.1 (108) V6-T-148 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

149 H-Max Series Drives.5 H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives Product Features and Benefits Industry leading energy saving solution uses the Eaton H-Max drive with Active Energy Control algorithm. The IntelliPass electronic bypass is a two or optional three contactor design using a 4 Vdc XT Series contactor with an optional manual override switch that allows the unit to run in bypass without the H-Max Series drive. The IntelliPass software parameters utilize engineering units common to the HVAC industry. Onboard startup wizard guarantees flawless commissioning with plug-andplay screen entry. Available in NEMA/UL Type 1 and 1 with optional pre-engineered operator devices to meet all customized specification requirements. The IntelliPass construction features allow for easy installation, reliable operation and serviceability with additional onboard wire space and removable conduit plates with knockouts. Built to be as tough as the application Eaton s robust design boasts an industrial grade enclosure and industry proven components. PSG Industrial Power Supply XT Contactors mm Pilot Devices Contents H-Max Drives H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams Dimensions Designed with Our Customers in Mind Removable top and bottom entry panels Door mounted graphic display and keypad Easily accessible connection terminals with removable I/O terminal connections Engineered Product Solution The Eaton H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect products are available with a variety of factory tested and certified options meeting or exceeding UL508C requirements Page V6-T-139 V6-T-150 V6-T-151 V6-T-155 V6-T-156 V6-T-158 s and Certifications Product IEC CE cul Safety UL 508C EN CE cul Plenum Rated Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-149

150 .5 H-Max Series Drives Catalog Number Selection H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives Product HMX = HVAC drive (VT) (low overload) NEC Ampere Ratings 08 Volts 480 Volts 4D5 = 4.5A 1 hp 7D5 = 7.5A hp 011 = 11A 3 hp 017 = 17A 5 hp 05 = 5A 7.5 hp 031 = 31A 10 hp 047 = 47A 15 hp 060 = 60A 0 hp 075 = 75A 5 hp 088 = 88A 30 hp 30 Volts 4D = 4.A 1 hp 7D5 = 7.5A hp 9D6 = 9.6A 3 hp 016 = 16A 5 hp 0 = A 7.5 hp 08 = 8A 10 hp 04 = 4A 15 hp 054 = 54A 0 hp 068 = 68A 5 hp 080 = 80A 30 hp D1 =.1A 1 hp 3D4 = 3.4A hp 5D6 = 5.6A 3 hp 9D6 = 9.6A 5 hp 011 = 11A 7.5 hp 014 = 14A 10 hp 01 = 1A 15 hp 07 = 7A 0 hp 034 = 34A 5 hp 040 = 40A 30 hp 05 = 5A 40 hp 065 = 65A 50 hp 077 = 77A 60 hp 096 = 96A 75 hp Notes IntelliPass two contactor electronic bypass standard. All boards are varnished. Corrosion resistant. Battery included in all drives for real-time clock. Three year lifetime. Keypad kit includes HOA bypass. EMI/RFI filters included. DC link choke included. Build options alphabetically and numerically. HMX N A Voltage 1 = 08V = 30V 4 = 480V Enclosure Style 3 = IntelliPass NEMA Type 1 4 = IntelliPass NEMA Type 1 5 = IntelliPass NEMA Type 3R A = IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1 B = IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1 C = IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 3R Software Series A Z Braking/Application N = No brake chopper (low overload) Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E B1 = 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output B = 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor B4 = 1 x AI, x AO (isolated) B5 =3 x RO B9 = 1RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input BF = Expander IO, 1 AO, 1 DO, 1 RO Optional Communications in Slot D and E C4 =LonWorks EMC Upgrade Option EMC C Keypad Options None available IntelliDisconnect Options L3 = Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault) P3 = Fused drive isolation PE = Output contactor SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only) IntelliPass Bypass Options L4 = Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault, Bypass) P3 = Fused drive isolation (can not be used with P6 or MI) P6 = Third contactor drive isolation (cannot be used with P3, IS or MI) M1 = Manual bypass, includes isolation contactor and pilot lights (not available with P3, L4, P6 or IS) SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only) K9 = Auxiliary contacts IS = Isolation switch (cannot be used with P6 or MI) Onboard Communications RS-485 Communications BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485 Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 3 nodes N = Johnson Controls Metasys N network Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications (port left side of keypad) BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based) V6-T-150 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

151 H-Max Series Drives.5 Product Selection H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 1 Two Contactor Bypass HMX_ 08 Vac FS Frame Size 30 Vac FS Frame Size 480 Vac FS Frame Size Horsepower Drive Rated NEC Amps Catalog Number HMX4D531NA 7.5 HMX7D531NA HMX01131NA HMX01731NA HMX0531NA HMX03131NA HMX04731NA HMX06031NA HMX07531NA HMX08831NA Horsepower Drive Rated NEC Amps Catalog Number HMX4D3NA 7.5 HMX7D53NA HMX9D63NA HMX0163NA 7.5 HMX03NA 10 8 HMX083NA HMX043NA 0 54 HMX0543NA HMX0683NA HMX0803NA Horsepower Drive Rated NEC Amps Catalog Number HMXD134NA 3.4 HMX3D434NA HMX5D634NA HMX9D634NA HMX01134NA HMX01434NA 15 1 HMX0134NA 0 7 HMX0734NA HMX03434NA HMX04034NA 40 5 HMX0534NA HMX06534NA HMX07734NA HMX09634NA Notes For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T-157. For NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T-150. Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 1 products. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-151

152 .5 H-Max Series Drives H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1 Main Disconnect HMX_ 08 Vac FS Frame Size 30 Vac FS Frame Size 480 Vac FS Frame Size Horsepower Drive Rated NEC Amps Catalog Number HMX4D5A1NA 7.5 HMX7D5A1NA 3 11 HMX011A1NA HMX017A1NA HMX05A1NA HMX031A1NA HMX047A1NA 0 60 HMX060A1NA HMX075A1NA HMX088A1NA Horsepower Drive Rated NEC Amps Catalog Number HMX4DANA 7.5 HMX7D5ANA HMX9D6ANA HMX016ANA 7.5 HMX0ANA 10 8 HMX08ANA HMX04ANA 0 54 HMX054ANA HMX068ANA HMX080ANA Horsepower Drive Rated NEC Amps Catalog Number HMXD1A4NA 3.4 HMX3D4A4NA HMX5D6A4NA HMX9D6A4NA HMX011A4NA HMX014A4NA 15 1 HMX01A4NA 0 7 HMX07A4NA HMX034A4NA HMX040A4NA 40 5 HMX05A4NA HMX065A4NA HMX077A4NA HMX096A4NA Notes For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T-157. For NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T-150. Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 1 products. V6-T-15 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

153 H-Max Series Drives.5 Onboard Network Communications Johnson Controls Metasys N H-Max Series provides communication between the drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys N network. With this connection, the drive can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys system. N can be selected and programmed by the drive keypad. BACnet H-Max Series provides communication to BACnet networks. Data transfer is master-slave/token passing (MS/TP) RS-485. BACnet IP 100 base T interface. Modbus TCP Ethernet based protocol. H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E The H-Max Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of two option boards. Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E Option Kit Modbus RTU H-Max Series provides communication to Modbus RTU RS-485 as a slave on a Modbus network. Other communication parameters include an address range from 1 47; a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1. The H-Max Series factoryinstalled standard board configuration includes an I/O board and a relay output board. Option Kit Catalog Number 6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output XMX-IO-B1-A 1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor XMX-IO-B-A 1 x AI, x AO (isolated) XMX-IO-B4-A 3 x RO Form A (NO) XMX-IO-B5-A 1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 4 40 Vac input XMX-IO-B9-A LonWorks XMX-COM-C4-A 1 x AO, 1 x DO, 1 x RO XMX-IO-BF-A. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-153

154 .5 H-Max Series Drives Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually B1 programmed as digital output 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor B 1 x AI, x AO (isolated) B4 3 x RO B5 1RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input Expander IO, 1 AO, 1 DO, 1 RO Optional Communications in Slot D and E EMC Upgrade Option Keypad Options Suffix Number IntelliDisconnect Options IntelliPass Bypass Options Onboard Communications Suffix Number B9 BF Suffix Number LonWorks C4 EMC C None available Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault) Fused drive isolation (cannot be used with PE) Output contactor (cannot be used with P3) Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only) Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault) Fused drive isolation (can not be used with P6) Third contactor drive isolation (cannot be used with P3 or IS) Manual bypass switch located on front door Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only) Auxiliary contacts Isolation switch RS-485 Communications BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485 Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 3 nodes Johnson Controls Metasys N network Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications (port left side of keypad) BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based) Suffix Number L3 P3 PE SA Suffix Number L4 P3 P6 M1 SA K9 IS Suffix Number BACnet Modbus N BACnet Modbus Suffix Number V6-T-154 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

155 H-Max Series Drives.5 Technical Data and Specifications Primary Design Features IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect CB MMP Isolation switch Optional N/A contactor bypass N/A Top entry (power) Mechanical interlock N/A Bottom entry (power) Electrical interlock N/A Output contactor Optional Third contactor (isolation) Optional N/A H-Max Series Drives Specification Input Ratings Input voltage (V in ) 08, 30, 480 Vac, 10%/+10% Input frequency (f in ) 50/60 Hz (variation up to Hz) Connection to power Once per minute or less (typical operation) Short circuit withstand 65 kaic combination rating Output Ratings Output voltage 0 to V in /U in line voltage in Continuous output current Ambient temperature max. 104 F (40 C) I L overload 1.1 x I L (1 min./10 min.) Overload current 110% (1 min./10 min.) Initial output current 150% for two seconds Output frequency 0 to 30 Hz Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz Control Characteristics Control method Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control Switching frequency amps; adjustable with parameter.6.9 FS4 FS7: default 6 khz Frequency reference Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz Field weakening point 8 to 30 Hz Acceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Deceleration time 0.1 to 3000 seconds Braking torque DC brake: 30% x T n Ambient Conditions Ambient operating temperature Storage temperature Relative humidity FS4 FS7: 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 104 F (40 C) (Drive can operate at 1 F (50 C) 40 to 158 F ( 40 to 70 C) 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water Air quality Chemical vapors: IEC , unit in operation, Class 3C; Mechanical particles: IEC , unit in operation, Class 3S Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 380 ft (1000m); 1% derating for each 38 ft (100m) above 380 ft (1000m); max. 984 ft (3000m); V Vibration FS4 FS7: IEC , Hz Displacement amplitude = 1 mm peak-to-peak from Hz Max. acceleration amplitude = 1G peak from Hz Shock FS4 FS7: IEC , 15G peak acceleration at 11 ms duration, 1/-sine. ISTA 1A Certified Enclosure class NEMA Type 1/IP1 or NEMA Type 1/IP54 (keypad required for IP54/Type 1) s EMC Emissions Control Connections Analog input voltage Analog input current Digital inputs (6) Auxiliary voltage Output reference voltage Analog output Relay outputs Hard wire jumper Dip switch setting default Protections Specification Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements; Emissions: EN , LEVEL H (EMC C) EMC level dependent +EMC : EN (004) Category C Delivered with Class C EMC filtering as default. 0 to 10V, R = 00 kohms differential Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1% Dip switch selection (voltage/current) 0(4) to 0 ma; R i 50 ohms differential Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc +4V ±10%, max. 50 ma +10V +3%, max. load 10 ma 0 10V, 0(4) to 0 ma; R L max. 500 ohms; Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±%; Dip switch selection (voltage/current) 3 programmable, Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs Switching capacity: 4 Vdc/8A, 50 Vac/8A, 15 Vdc/0.4A Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default RS485 = off A01 = current A1 = current A11 = voltage Overcurrent protection Yes Overvoltage protection Yes DC bus regulation anti-trip Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load) Undervoltage protection Yes Earth fault protection Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected) Input phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing) Motor phase supervision Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing) Overtemperature protection Yes Motor overload protection Yes Motor stall protection Yes Motor underload protection Yes Short circuit protection Yes Surge protection Yes (varistor input) Conformed coated Yes (prevents corrosion) (varnished) board Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-155

156 .5 H-Max Series Drives Wiring Diagrams Control Input/Output, PID Application Optional Circuit Breaker Factory Jumper s Resistor Analog RJ-45 L1 L L3 Slot A Terminal 1 +10V AI 1+ 3 Vin Digital inputs D1 D6, relay out, analog in/out are freely programmed The user can assign a single input to multiple functions Three-Phase Input Input (Single-Phase not available) AI + AI 4Vout GND DIN1 DIN DIN3 4Vout GND DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 AO 1+ Factory Default Signal Reference Output Analog Input Voltage (Range 0 10 Vdc) (can be programmed to current 4 0 ma) Analog Output Common (Ground) Analog Input Current (Range 4 0 ma) (can be programmed to voltage 0 10 Vdc) PI Setpoint or Feedback Analog Input Common PI Setpoint or Feedback Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.) I/O Ground START/STOP (Contact closed = start) External Fault (Closed = fault) Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock (Closed = OK) DIN1 DIN6 Common Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.) I/O Ground Speed Select 0 100% (Preset speed) Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode) Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass) DIN1 DIN6 Common Output Frequency (0 0 ma) RO3 Fault Includes Six digital input Two analog input One analog output Three relay output RS-485 Ethernet DB Chopper Three-Phase Output R+ R- 19 AO 1 Analog Output Common (Ground) 30 4 Vdcin Auxiliary Input Voltage A DATA- RS-485 DATA- Programmable BACnet, B DATA+ RS-485 DATA+ Modbus, FLN, N 1 Relay Board 1 Slot B Default Signal RO1 Bypass Run Vdc/8A 50 Vac/8A 5 RO Drive Run 15 Vdc/0.4A COM CMB BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based) 5% DC Link Reactor U (T1) V (T) W (T3) Slot D Optional Resistor 1 RO1 NC A B 4 Vdc out GND DI4 DI5 DI Vdc RO1 COM AI1+ Motor RO1 NO AI1 ON CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT Terminal Block Layout AI+ RO NC AI Reliability Pretested components Conformal coated (varnished) boards 40 C rated 110% overload for one minute Eaton Electrical Services & Systems national network of AF drive specialists Test RO COM COM DI1 6 4 Vdc out OFF VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE RO NO AO1+ GND AO1 4 Vdc RS-485 RS-485 in Data Data+ DI1 RS485 AO1 AI AI1 RO3 COM DI Factory Jumper External Interlock RO3 NO DI3 COM DI1 6 Slot E V6-T-156 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

157 H-Max Series Drives.5 H-Max Series IntelliPass Bypass Incoming Power L1 L L3 Circuit Breaker H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect Power Wiring Incoming Power L1 L L3 Circuit Breaker Optional Fuse or Drive Input Contactor L1 L L3 To Drive Input To Drive Output U(T1) V(T)W(T3) Optional Fuse Optional Output Contactor To Drive Input To Drive Output U(T1) V(T)W(T3) Output Contactor Bypass Contactor U(T1) V(T) Motor W(T3) Overload Relay U(T1) V(T) Motor W(T3) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-157

158 .5 H-Max Series Drives Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives H4 H1 Consult factory or use manual for final dimensions. Frame Size Voltage Horsepower (I L ) H1 H H3 H4 C W1 W W3 D1 D FS (754.1) FS (939.8) FS (1145.0) FS (1481.3) C W1 W 37.1 (94.9) (875.5) 40.8 (103.1) (1430.0) W3 0.5 (6.35) 0.5 (6.35) 0.5 (6.35) 0.5 (6.35) Note: C distance is spacing required to mount multiple drives. H3 H (914.4) (973.0) 46.4 (1178.6) (1510.3) 3.00 (76.) 3.00 (76.) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (17.0) D (00.) 9.40 (38.8) (76.9) (355.1) D 6.33 (160.8) 7.75 (196.9) 9.35 (37.5) 1.35 (313.7) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) 0.75 (19.1) (89.6) (388.6) (400.0) (393.7) 9.7 (35.5) (334.6) 13.6 (346.0) (44.) Weight in Lbs (kg) 45 (0.41) 57.5 (6.10) 98.0 (44.45) (74.84) V6-T-158 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

159 CFX9000 Drives.6 CFX9000 Enclosed Drives Contents CFX9000 Drives Application Features and Benefits s and Certifications Product Identification Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Options Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagram Dimensions Page V6-T-160 V6-T-166 V6-T-166 V6-T-166 V6-T-167 V6-T-168 V6-T-175 V6-T-180 V6-T-18 V6-T-183 Product The CFX9000 Clean Power Drives from Eaton s electrical sector use tuned passive filters to significantly reduce line harmonics at the drive input terminals. The CFX9000 drive also delivers True Power Factor in addition to reducing harmonic distortion, the CFX9000 drive prevents transformer overheating and overloading of breakers and feeders, which enables the application of adjustable frequency drives on generators and other high impedance power systems. The 9000X family of drives includes HVX9000, SVX9000, SLX9000, and SPX X Series drive ratings are rated for either high overload (I H ) or low overload (I L ). I L indicates 110% overload capacity for 1 minute out of 10 minutes. I H indicates 150% overload capacity for 1 minute out of 10 minutes. CFX9000 Enclosed Products Enclosed covers a wide range of the most commonly ordered options. Pre-engineering eliminates the lead time normally associated with customer specific options. Available configurations are listed on Pages V6-T-166 to V6-T-181. Modified Enclosed applies to specific customer requirements that vary from the Enclosed offering, such as the need for an additional indicating light or minor modifications to drawings. Contact your local sales office for assistance in pricing and lead time. Custom Engineered for those applications with more unique or complex requirements, these are individually engineered to the customer s needs. Contact your local sales office for assistance in pricing and lead time. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-159

160 .6 CFX9000 Drives Application Designed to meet the IEEE requirements for harmonic distortion, the CFX9000 is an excellent What Are Harmonics? choice for small and midsize drives applications where harmonics are a concern. Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz, which is close to what is supplied by the power company. Perfect Wave Volts (v) f(x) = sin(x) Add a second wave that is five times the fundamental frequency 300 Hz (typical of frequency added to the line by a fluorescent light). Second Wave Volts (v) Time (t) Time (t) f(x) = sin(5x) 5 Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in fifth harmonics. Resulting Supply Volts (v) Time (t) f(x) = sin(x) + sin(5x) 5 What Causes Harmonics? Harmonics are the result of nonlinear loads that convert AC line voltage to DC. Examples of equipment that are non-linear loads are listed below: AC variable frequency drives DC drives Fluorescence lighting, computers, UPS systems Industrial washing machines, punch presses, welders, etc. How Can Harmonics Due to VFDs Be Diminished? By applying drives from the Eaton Clean Power Drives Family; The HCX9000, CFX9000 and CPX9000. What Are Linear Loads? Linear loads are primarily devices that run across the line and do not add harmonics. Motors are prime examples. The downside to having large motor linear loads is that they draw more energy than a VFD, because of their inability to control motor speed. In most applications there is a turn down valve used with the motor which will reduce the flow of the material, without significantly reducing the load to the motor. While this provides some measure of speed control, it is extremely inefficient. Why Be Concerned About Harmonics? 1. Installation and utility costs increase. Harmonics cause damage to transformers and lower efficiencies due to the IR loss. These losses can become significant (from %) which can have a dramatic effect on the HVAC systems that are controlling the temperatures of the building where the transformer and drive equipment reside.. Downtime and loss of productivity. Telephones and data transmissions links may not be guaranteed to work on the same power grids polluted with harmonics. 3. Downtime and nuisance trips of drives and other equipment. Emergency generators have up to three times the impedance that is found in a conventional utility source. Thus the harmonic voltage can be up to three times as large, causing risk of operation problems. 4. Larger motors must be used. Motors running across the line that are connected on polluted power distribution grids can overheat or operate at lower efficiency due to harmonics. 5. Higher installation costs. Transformers and power equipment must be oversized to accommodate the loss of efficiencies. This is due to the harmonic currents circulating through the distribution without performing useful work. V6-T-160 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

161 CFX9000 Drives.6 How Does a VFD Convert Three-Phase AC to a Variable Output Voltage and Frequency? The six-pulse VFD: The majority of all conventional drives that are built consist of a six-pulse configuration. The figure below represents a sixdiode rectifier design that converts three-phase utility power to DC. The inverter section uses IGBTs to convert DC power to a simulated AC sine wave that can vary in frequency from Hz. 100 hp Six-Diode Rectifier Design Current Amps Time in Seconds The six-pulse VFD drive creates harmonic current distortion. The harmonic current that is created is energy that can not be used by customers and causes external heat and losses to all components including other drives that are on the same power distribution. The figure is a 100 hp drive with 45A of damaging harmonic current. 100 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current Current Amps Time in Seconds Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current Six-Pulse Circuit Current harmonics I 1 = 100% I 11 = 6.10% I 19 = 1.77% I 5 =.5% I 13 = 4.06% I 3 = 1.1% I 7 = 9.38% I 17 =.6% I 5 = 0.86% Power = 100 hp Harmonic current = 45 amps Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std Harmonic Distortion Limits The IEEE users that are implementing Specification is a standard medium and low voltage that provides guidelines for equipment. commercial and industrial Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in % of the Fundamental (10V through 69,000V) Harmonic Order (Odd Harmonics) Isc/I L h<11 11<h<17 17<h<3 3<h<35 35<h TDD < < < < > The ratio Isc/I L is the ratio of the short-circuit current available at the point of common coupling (PCC), to the maximum fundamental load current. Consequently, as the size of the user load decreases with respect to the size of the system, the percentage of harmonic current that the user is allowed to inject into the utility system increases. Notes TDD = Total demand distortion is the harmonic current distortion in percent of the maximum demand load current (15 or 30 minute demand). I SC = Maximum short circuit current at the PCC not counting motor contribution. I L = Maximum demand load current for all of the connected loads (fundamental frequency component) at the PCC. All of the limits are measured at a point of common coupling. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-161

162 .6 CFX9000 Drives One-Line Diagram for Harmonic Analysis Terms Volts Volts Utility Side Transformer Volts kva Isc Impedance Customer Generator Volts kva Isc Impedance PCC (Point of Common Coupling) is defined as the electrical connecting point between the utility and multiple customers per the specifications in IEEE 519 POA (Point of Analysis) is defined as where the harmonic calculations are taken An oscilloscope can make all measurements at the PCC or POA to do an on-site harmonic evaluation. PCC Utility Side Generator Set Volts Volts Customer Transformer Volts kva Isc Impedance Harmonic Reduction Methods to Meet IEEE Line Reactor A line reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. If a line reactor is applied on all AFDs, it is possible to meet IEEE guidelines where 10 5% of system loads are AFDs, depending on the stiffness of the line and the value of line reactance. Line reactors are available in various values of percent impedance, most typically 1 1.5%, 3% and 5%. Note: The 9000X drives come standard with a nominal 3% input impedance. Source A Source B AC Motor AC Motor AC Motor AC Motor AC Motor AC Motor Total Linear Motor Loads AMPS Total Non-Linear Drive Loads AMPS The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system characteristics. The one line in this figure would provide the data to complete the calculations. Line Reactor Advantages Low cost Can provide moderate reduction in voltage and current harmonics Available in various values of percent impedance Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients AFD Motor Disadvantages May not reduce harmonic levels to below IEEE guidelines Voltage drop due to IR loss V6-T-16 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

163 CFX9000 Drives.6. Passive Filters Tuned harmonic filters involve the series connection of an inductor with the shunt connection of an inductor and capacitor to form a low impedance path to ground for CFX9000 Drive with Integrated Passive Filter 1 3 Three-Phase Input Tuned Harmonic Capacitor Shunt Fusing Tuned Shunt Reactor AC Input Reactor a specific range of frequencies. This path presents an alternative to the flow of harmonic currents back into the utility source. 6-Pulse Diode Bridge Rectifier Converter Section L1A LA L3A Bus Capacitors 100 hp CFX V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter Current Amps Time Dynamic Braking Transistor Inverter Section (+) DC ( ) DC Output Transistors IGBT Section AC Motor 100 hp CFX V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter Passive Filter Current harmonics I 1 = 100% I 11 = 0.4% I 19 = 0.50% I 5 = 3.76% I 13 = 1.1% I 3 = 0.55% I 7 = 1.65% I 17 = 0.80% I 5 = 0.80% Power = 100 hp H c = 8.6 Amps Advantages Low cost for smaller horsepower applications More effective harmonic attenuation than 1-pulse drives Provides increased input protection for AFD from line transients Disadvantages Capacitors age over time, unlike magnetics Not as effective as 18-pulse drives Challenging to retrofit with bypass applications Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-163

164 .6 CFX9000 Drives 3. 1-Pulse Converters A 1-pulse converter incorporates two separate AFD input semiconductor bridges, which are fed from 30º phase shifted power sources with identical impedance. The sources may be two isolation transformers, where one is a delta/wye design (which provides the phase shift) and the second a delta/delta design (which does not phase shift). The 1-pulse arrangement allows the harmonics from the first converter to cancel the harmonics of the second. Up to approximately 85% reduction of harmonic current and voltage distortion may be achieved (over standard Basic 1-Pulse Rectifier with Phase Shifting Transformer 1-Pulse Phase-Shifting Transformer L1A LA L3A L1B LB L3B 100 hp 480V Drive with 1-Pulse Rectifier Current Amps Time 1-Pulse Diode Bridge Rectifier Converter Section 1-Pulse Diode Bridge Rectifier Converter Section Bus Capacitors six-pulse converter). This permits a facility to use a larger percentage of AFD loads under IEEE guidelines than allowable using line reactors or DC chokes. A harmonic analysis is required to guarantee compliance with guidelines. Dynamic Braking Transistor Inverter Section (+) DC (-) DC Output Transistors IGBT Section AC Motor 100 hp 480V Drive with 1-Pulse Rectifier 1-Pulse Circuit Current harmonics I 1 = 100% I 11 = 4.19% I 19 = 0.06% I 5 = 1.5% I 13 =.95% I 3 = 0.87% I 7 = 0.48% I 17 = 0.1% I 5 = 0.73% Power = 100 hp H c = 0 Amps Advantages Reasonable cost, although significantly more than reactors or chokes Substantial reduction (up to approx. 85%) in voltage and current harmonics Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients Disadvantages Impedance matching of phase shifted sources is critical to performance Transformers often require separate mounting or larger AFD enclosures May not reduce distribution harmonic levels to below IEEE guidelines Cannot retrofit for most AFDs V6-T-164 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

165 CFX9000 Drives.6 4. Clean Power Drives When the total load is comprised of non-linear load such as drives, and the ratio is l sc /I L, the greatest harmonic mitigation is required. Under these conditions, the currents drawn from the supply need to be sinusoidal and clean such that system interference and additional losses are negligible. Eaton s CPX9000 clean power drive uses a phase-shifting auto-transformer with delta-connected winding that carries only the ampere-turns caused by the difference in load currents. This results in nine separate phases. In this type of configuration, the Basic 18-Pulse Rectifier with Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer Phase AC Input 8 C A 1 N 100 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers Current Amps Pulse SCR Bridge Rectifier Converter Section 18-Pulse Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer Time Diode Rectifiers Bus Capacitors total kva rating of the transformer magnetic system was only 48% that of the motor load. A traditional isolated transformer system, with multipulse windings, would require the full kva rating to be supported, which is more common in an MV step-down transformer. Pre-charge Circuit ( ) DC Dynamic Braking Transistor Inverter Section (+) DC The integrated 18-pulse clean power drive, with near sine wave input current and low harmonics will meet the requirements of IEEE under all practical operating conditions. The comparisons with six-pulse passive filter and 1-pulse systems are shown on Pages V6-T-161, V6-T-163 and below. Output Transistors IGBT Section 100 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers 18-Pulse Clean Power Current harmonics I 1 = 100% I 11 = 0.4% I 19 = 1.00% I 5 = 0.16% I 13 = 0.10% I 3 = 0.01% I 7 = 0.03% I 17 = 0.86% I 5 = 0.01% Power = 100 hp H c = 5.9 Amps Advantages Effectively guarantees compliance with IEEE Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients Up to 4 times the harmonic reduction of 1-pulse methods Smaller transformer than isolation transformer used in 1-pulse converter Minimizes ripple current in capacitors, doubling expected capacitor life AC Motor Disadvantages Not as cost effective as some other methods at small (<50) horsepower Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-165

166 .6 CFX9000 Drives Features and Benefits New CFX9000 Integrated Filter Clean Power Drive features include (at 480V): UL Type 1, UL Type 1, UL Type 3R and NEMA 1 with gaskets and filters Input voltage: 480V, 30V, 575V Complete range of control, network and power options Product Identification CFX9000 Drive UL Type 1, 40 hp Door Mounted Keypad Horsepower range: 480V, 7-1/ 400 hp I L 30V, 7-1/ 100 hp I L ; consult factory for details 575V, hp I L ; consult factory for details Single enclosure for both drive and filter reduces field wiring and enables convenient bypass installation Packaged solution ensures optimal coordination of drive and filter SVX9000 Drive s and Certifications UL cul 508C Input Reactor Optional Breaker Disconnect (P1) Shunt Fusing Tuned Shunt Reactor Tuned Harmonic Capacitor V6-T-166 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

167 CFX9000 Drives.6 Catalog Number Selection CFX9000 Enclosed Drives Product Family CFX = Integrated filter clean power drive 007 = 7-1/ hp 010 = 10 hp 015 = 15 hp 00 = 0 hp 05 = 5 hp 030 = 30 hp Horsepower Rating 040 = 40 hp 050 = 50 hp 060 = 60 hp 075 = 75 hp 100 = 100 hp 15 = 15 hp 150 = 150 hp 00 = 00 hp 50 = 50 hp 300 = 300 hp 350 = 350 hp 400 = 400 hp Enclosure Rating 1 = UL Type 1 = UL Type 1 3 = UL Type 3R 6 = NEMA 1 filtered Voltage Rating 1 = 08V = 30V 4 = 480V 5 = 575V ( V) Application Torque/Braking 1 A = I L /no brake chopper B = I L /internal brake chopper D = I H /no brake chopper E = I H /internal brake chopper Enclosed Style A = Enclosed drive CFX A A Notes 1 Brake chopper is standard in 08V, 30V and 480V drives up to FR6; optional in all other drives. Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel. 3 Some options are voltage and/or horsepower specific. Consult your Eaton representative for details. 4 See Pages V6-T-177 and V6-T-178 for complete descriptions. 5 Includes local/remote speed reference switch. 6 See Pages V6-T-175 and V6-T-176 for complete descriptions. 7 Consult Eaton for availability. Build Alphabetically and Numerically K1 K K3 K4 K5 K6 KF KO L1 L LE P1 P3 P7 P8 PE PF PG PH PI PN RA RB RC RD RG S4 S5 S6 S9 C C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 Enclosed Options 34 Door-mounted speed potentiometer 5 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch psig follower HAND/OFF/AUTO switch ( mm) MANUAL/AUTO reference switch ( mm) START/STOP pushbuttons ( mm) Bypass test switch for RA and RB elapsed time meter Power, RUN and fault pilot lights Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB, bypass options Red RUN light Input circuit breaker Input line fuses (00 kaic) Input power surge protection TVSS surge protective device Output contactor Output filter MotoRx (up to 600 ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT filter Single overload relay Dual overload relays Dual overloads for bypass Manual HOA bypass controller Manual IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Reduced voltage starter for bypass Floor stand 6 in Floor stand in Floor stand 1 in Space heater Control Options B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B4 = 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B5 = 3 RO (NO) B8 = 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input Type Control Control Control Control Control Control Addl. bypass Control Light Addl. bypass Light Input Input Input Input Output Output Output Output Output Addl. bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Communication Options 6 = Modbus C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector) = Profibus DP CA = Johnson Controls N =LonWorks CI = Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP = Profibus DP (D9 Connector) CJ = BACnet = CanOpen (Slave) D3 = RS-3 with D9 connection = DeviceNet HT VB Engineered Options High temperature rating for 50 C 7 Varnished boards Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-167

168 .6 CFX9000 Drives Product Selection When Ordering Select a base catalog number that meets the application requirements nominal horsepower, voltage and enclosure rating. (The enclosed drive s continuous output amp rating should be equal to or greater than the motor s full load amp rating.) The base enclosed package includes a standard drive, doormounted alphanumeric panel and enclosure. The CFX9000 product uses the term High Overload (I H ) in place of the term Constant Torque (CT). Likewise, Low Overload (I L ) is used in place of the term Variable Torque (VT). The new terms are a more precise description of the rating. The older terms included ambient temperature ratings in addition to overload ratings. In order to minimize enclosure size and offer the highest ambient temperature rating, overload and temperature ratings are now treated separately. Ambient temperature ratings are shown in the following table. Ambient Temperature Ratings Enclosure Size I H I L B, C, C 40 C 7, 8 50 C 50 C If dynamic brake chopper or control/communication option is desired, change the appropriate code in the base catalog number. All of the programming is exactly the same as the standard SVX9000 drive. Select enclosed options. Add the codes as suffixes to the base catalog number in alphabetical and numeric order. Note 1 For high temperature rating, select HT option code and contact factory. V6-T-168 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

169 CFX9000 Drives.6 08V Drives CFX9000 Drive UL Type 1, UL Type 1, UL Type 3R and NEMA 1 Filtered hp CFX9000 Enclosure Enclosure Dimension Drawings Enclosure Size UL Type 1 and UL Type 1 UL Type 3R B See Page V6-T-183 See Page V6-T-185 C See Page V6-T-184 See Page V6-T-186 D N/A See Page V6-T-187 F N/A See Page V6-T See Page V6-T See Page V6-T See Page V6-T Notes NEC Current (A) Chassis Frame 1 FR5 FR7 drives not available in UL Type 1. Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 1 filtered. 3 Not available for UL Type 3R. UL Type 1 UL Type 1 and NEMA 1 Filtered UL Type 3R Base Catalog Number Base Catalog Number Base Catalog Number Low Overload Drive 7-1/ 4. FR5 1 CFX0071BA CFX00731BA FR5 1 CFX0101BA CFX01031BA FR6 1 CFX0151BA CFX01531BA FR6 1 CFX001BA CFX0031BA FR7 1 CFX051AA CFX0531AA FR7 1 CFX0301AA CFX03031AA FR7 1 CFX0401AA CFX04031AA FR8 CFX05011AA CFX05061AA CFX05031AA FR8 CFX06011AA CFX06061AA CFX06031AA FR8 CFX07511AA CFX07561AA CFX07531AA FR9 CFX10011AA CFX10061AA CFX10031AA High Overload Drive 7-1/ 4. FR5 1 CFX0071EA CFX00731EA FR6 1 CFX0101EA CFX01031EA FR6 1 CFX0151EA CFX01531EA FR7 1 CFX001DA CFX0031DA FR7 1 CFX051DA CFX0531DA FR7 1 CFX0301DA CFX03031DA FR8 CFX04011DA CFX04061DA CFX04031DA FR8 CFX05011DA CFX05061DA CFX05031DA FR8 CFX06011DA CFX06061DA CFX06031DA FR9 CFX07511DA CFX07561DA CFX07531DA FR9 CFX10011DA CFX10061DA CFX10031DA Chassis Frame UL Type 1 UL Type 1 UL Type 3R Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options FR4 N/A N/A B C B C FR5 N/A N/A B C B C FR6 N/A N/A B C B C FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C D FR F F FR F F Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-169

170 .6 CFX9000 Drives 30V Drives CFX9000 Drive UL Type 1, UL Type 1, UL Type 3R and NEMA 1 Filtered hp CFX9000 Enclosure Enclosure Dimension Drawings Enclosure Size UL Type 1 and UL Type 1 UL Type 3R B See Page V6-T-183 See Page V6-T-185 C See Page V6-T-184 See Page V6-T-186 D N/A See Page V6-T-187 F N/A See Page V6-T See Page V6-T See Page V6-T See Page V6-T Notes NEC Current (A) Chassis Frame 1 FR5 FR7 drives not available in UL Type 1. Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 1 filtered. 3 Not available for UL Type 3R. UL Type 1 UL Type 1 and NEMA 1 Filtered UL Type 3R Base Catalog Number Base Catalog Number Base Catalog Number Low Overload Drive 7-1/ FR5 1 CFX007BA CFX0073BA 10 8 FR5 1 CFX010BA CFX0103BA 15 4 FR6 1 CFX015BA CFX0153BA 0 54 FR6 1 CFX00BA CFX003BA 5 68 FR7 1 CFX05AA CFX053AA FR7 1 CFX030AA CFX0303AA FR7 1 CFX040AA CFX0403AA FR8 CFX0501AA CFX0506AA CFX0503AA FR8 CFX0601AA CFX0606AA CFX0603AA FR8 CFX0751AA CFX0756AA CFX0753AA FR9 CFX1001AA CFX1006AA CFX1003AA High Overload Drive 7-1/ FR5 1 CFX007EA CFX0073EA 10 8 FR6 1 CFX010EA CFX0103EA 15 4 FR6 1 CFX015EA CFX0153EA 0 54 FR7 1 CFX00DA CFX003DA 5 68 FR7 1 CFX05DA CFX053DA FR7 1 CFX030DA CFX0303DA FR8 CFX0401DA CFX0406DA CFX0403DA FR8 CFX0501DA CFX0506DA CFX0503DA FR8 CFX0601DA CFX0606DA CFX0603DA FR9 CFX0751DA CFX0756DA CFX0753DA FR9 CFX1001DA CFX1006DA CFX1003DA Chassis Frame UL Type 1 UL Type 1 UL Type 3R Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options FR4 N/A N/A B C B C FR5 N/A N/A B C B C FR6 N/A N/A B C B C FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C D FR F F FR F F V6-T-170 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

171 CFX9000 Drives.6 480V Drives CFX9000 Drive CFX9000 Base Drive hp NEC Current (A) Chassis Frame UL Type 1 UL Type 1 and NEMA 1 Filtered UL Type 3R Base Catalog Number 1 Base Catalog Number 1 Base Catalog Number 1 Low Overload Drive 7-1/ 11 FR4 CFX0074BA CFX00734BA FR5 CFX0104BA CFX01034BA 15 1 FR5 CFX0154BA CFX01534BA 0 7 FR5 CFX004BA CFX0034BA 5 34 FR6 CFX054BA CFX0534BA FR6 CFX0304BA CFX03034BA 40 5 FR6 CFX0404BA CFX04034BA FR7 CFX05014AA 3 CFX0504AA CFX05034AA FR7 CFX06014AA 3 CFX0604AA CFX06034AA FR7 CFX07514AA 3 CFX0754AA CFX07534AA FR8 CFX10014AA CFX10064AA CFX10034AA FR8 CFX1514AA CFX1564AA CFX1534AA FR8 CFX15014AA CFX15064AA CFX15034AA FR9 CFX0014AA CFX0064AA CFX0034AA FR9 CFX5014AA CFX5064AA CFX5034AA FR10 CFX30014AA CFX30064AA FR10 CFX35014AA CFX35064AA FR10 CFX40014AA CFX40064AA 4 High Overload Drive 7-1/ 11 FR5 CFX0074EA CFX00734EA FR5 CFX0104EA CFX01034EA 15 1 FR5 CFX0154EA CFX01534EA 0 7 FR6 CFX004EA CFX0034EA 5 34 FR6 CFX054EA CFX0534EA FR6 CFX0304EA CFX03034EA 40 5 FR7 CFX04014DA 3 CFX0404DA CFX04034DA FR7 CFX05014DA 3 CFX0504DA CFX05034DA FR7 CFX06014DA 3 CFX0604DA CFX06034DA FR8 CFX07514DA CFX07564DA CFX07534DA FR8 CFX10014DA CFX10064DA CFX10034DA FR8 CFX1514DA CFX1564DA CFX1534DA FR9 CFX15014DA CFX15064DA CFX15034DA FR9 CFX0014DA CFX0064DA CFX0034DA FR10 CFX5014DA CFX5064DA FR10 CFX30014DA CFX30064DA FR10 CFX35014DA CFX35064DA 4 Notes 1 The integrated filter clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. FR4 FR6 drives not available in UL Type 1. 3 This catalog number is used only with power options. 4 Consult factory. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-171

172 .6 CFX9000 Drives CFX9000 Enclosure Chassis Frame Enclosure Dimension Drawings Enclosure Size UL Type 1 and UL Type 1 UL Type 3R B See Page V6-T-183 See Page V6-T-185 C See Page V6-T-184 See Page V6-T-186 D N/A See Page V6-T-187 F N/A See Page V6-T See Page V6-T See Page V6-T See Page V6-T Notes UL Type 1 UL Type 1 UL Type 3R Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options FR4 N/A N/A B C B C FR5 N/A N/A B C B C FR6 N/A N/A B C B C FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C D FR F F FR F F FR Consult factory. Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 1 filtered. 3 Not available for UL Type 3R. V6-T-17 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

173 CFX9000 Drives.6 575V Drives CFX9000 Drive UL Type 1, UL Type 1, UL Type 3R and NEMA 1 Filtered hp NEC Current (A) Chassis Frame Notes 1 FR6 FR7 drives not available in UL Type 1. Consult factory. UL Type 1 UL Type 1 and NEMA 1 Filtered UL Type 3R Base Catalog Number Base Catalog Number Base Catalog Number Low Overload Drive FR6 1 CFX0155AA CFX01535AA 0 FR6 1 CFX005AA CFX0035AA 5 7 FR6 1 CFX055AA CFX0535AA 30 3 FR6 1 CFX0305AA CFX03035AA FR7 1 CFX0405AA CFX04035AA 50 5 FR7 1 CFX0505AA CFX05035AA 60 6 FR8 CFX06015AA CFX06065AA CFX06035AA FR8 CFX07515AA CFX07565AA CFX07535AA FR8 CFX10015AA CFX10065AA CFX10035AA FR9 CFX1515AA CFX1565AA CFX1535AA FR9 CFX15015AA CFX15065AA CFX15035AA FR9 CFX0015AA CFX0065AA CFX0035AA 50 4 FR10 CFX5015AA CFX5065AA FR10 CFX30015AA CFX30065AA FR10 CFX40015AA CFX40065AA High Overload Drive FR6 1 CFX0105DA CFX01035DA FR6 1 CFX0155DA CFX01535DA 0 FR6 1 CFX005DA CFX0035DA 5 7 FR6 1 CFX055DA CFX0535DA 30 3 FR7 1 CFX0305DA CFX03035DA FR7 1 CFX0405DA CFX04035DA 50 5 FR8 CFX05015DA CFX05065DA CFX05035DA 60 6 FR8 CFX06015DA CFX06065DA CFX06035DA FR8 CFX07515DA CFX07565DA CFX07535DA FR9 CFX10015DA CFX10065DA CFX10035DA FR9 CFX1515DA CFX1565DA CFX1535DA FR9 CFX15015DA CFX15065DA CFX15035DA FR10 CFX0015DA CFX0065DA 50 4 FR10 CFX5015DA CFX5065DA FR10 CFX30015DA CFX30065DA Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-173

174 .6 CFX9000 Drives CFX9000 Enclosure Chassis Frame Enclosure Dimension Drawings Enclosure Size UL Type 1 and UL Type 1 UL Type 3R B See Page V6-T-183 See Page V6-T-185 C See Page V6-T-184 See Page V6-T-186 D N/A See Page V6-T-187 F N/A See Page V6-T See Page V6-T See Page V6-T See Page V6-T Notes UL Type 1 UL Type 1 UL Type 3R Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options Disconnect Only With Power Options FR6 N/A N/A B C B C FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C D FR F F FR F F FR Consult factory. Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 1 filtered. 3 Not available for UL Type 3R. V6-T-174 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

175 CFX9000 Drives.6 Options CFX9000 Series Option Board Kits The CFX9000 Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards. The CFX9000 Series factory-installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. Option Boards A B C D E Option Board Kits Option Kit 1 Allowed Slot Locations Field Installed Catalog Number Factory Installed Option Designator Notes 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 3 OPTC is a multi-protocol option card. SVX Ready Programs Local/ Basic Remote MSS PID Multi-P. PFC I/O Cards RO (NC/NO) B OPTA 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTA9 ext +4 Vdc/ext +4 Vdc Extended I/O Cards 6 DI B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB B 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated) B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 3 Pt100 RTD board B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 Communication Cards 3 Modbus D, E OPTC C Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK Johnson Controls N D, E OPTC CA PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 RS-3 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-175

176 .6 CFX9000 Drives Modbus RTU Network Communications The Modbus Network Card OPTC is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the baud rate ranges from 300 to 19,00 baud. Other communication parameters include an address range from 1 to 47; a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1. PROFIBUS Network Communications The PROFIBUS Network Card OPTC3 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a PROFIBUS-DP network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female). The baud rates range from 9.6K baud to 1M baud, and the addresses range from 1 to 17. LonWorks Network Communications The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a LonWorks network. This interface uses Network Variable Types (SNVT) as data types. The channel connection is achieved using a FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver via a single twisted transfer cable. The communication speed with LonWorks is 78 kbits/s. CANopen (Slave) Communications The CANopen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to a host system. According to ISO standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should have a nominal impedance of 10 ohms, and specific line delay of nominal 5 as/m. 10 ohm line termination resistors required for installation. DeviceNet Network Communications The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN using a two-wire twisted shielded cable with two-wire bus power cable and drain. The baud rates used for communication include 15K baud, 50K baud and 500K baud. Johnson Controls Metasys N Network Communications The OPTC fieldbus board provides communication between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys N network. With this connection, the drive can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys system. The N fieldbus is available as a factory-installed option and as a field-installable kit. Modbus/TCP Network Communications The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks using Modbus protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. This interface provides a selection of standard and custom register values to communicate drive parameters. The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable over Ethernet using a supplied software tool. BACnet Network Communications The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/ Token Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface uses a collection of 30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports 9.6, 19. and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and supports network addresses 1 to 17. Ethernet/IP Network Communications The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol networks. It includes an RJ- 45 pluggable connector. The interface uses CIP objects to communicate drive parameters (CIP is Common Industrial Protocol, the same protocol used by DeviceNet). The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable by Static, BOOTP and DHCP methods. V6-T-176 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

177 CFX9000 Drives.6 Control/Communication Option s Available Control/Communications Options Option Option Type K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer Provides the drive with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the Control 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal. K Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch Provides the drive with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from doormounted Control control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 0 ma signal. K psig Follower Provides a pneumatic transducer which converts a 3 15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0 8 Vdc or a 1 9 Vdc signal interface with the drive. Control The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects to the user s pneumatic control system via 6 ft (1.8m) of flexible tubing and a 1/4 in (6.4 mm) brass tube union. K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of Control operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus. K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch Provides door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. Control KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass controller. The Test Switch is Addl. bypass mounted on the inside of the enclosure door. KO Elapsed Time Meter Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control L1 Power On, Run and Fault Lights Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinets, a green run light and a red fault light that indicates a Light drive fault has occurred. L Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is Addl. bypass running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches. LE Red Run Pilot Light ( mm) Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light P1 Input Circuit Breaker High interrupting circuit breaker that provides a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the CPX9000, and Input protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the CPX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. rating is 65 kaic at 08/480V. 100 kaic is available as an option. P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 00 kaic Provide high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power Input transistors. This option consists of three 00 ka fuses, which are factory mounted in the enclosure. P7 MOV Surge Suppressor Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients. Input P8 TVSS Surge Protective Device with 50 ka Rating Provides transient voltage protection eliminating surges and spikes which can damage the diode bridge Input of the drive. PC Capacitor Contactor This option provides a contactor between the tuned reactor and capacitor to disconnect the capacitor from the circuit when desired, typically at Input light or no load conditions. This contactor is wired to a programmable relay output. PE Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive s run or Output permissive logic. NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass options RB and RA include an output contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure. PF Output Filter Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The output filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30m) or for a Output drive rated at V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. PG MotoRx ( ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT Filter Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% Output line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the output filter (see option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive is ft (91 183m). This option cannot be used with the brake chopper circuit. The output filter (option PF) should be investigated as an alternative. PH Single Overload Relay Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on configurations without bypass options. It is Output included with the bypass configurations for overload current protection in the bypass mode. The overload relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually resettable. Heater pack included. PI Dual Overload Relays This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The Output standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included. PN Dual Overloads for Bypass This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the bypass mode and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Addl. bypass Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-177

178 .6 CFX9000 Drives Available Control/Communications Options, continued Option Option Type RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) three-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CFX9000, allowing the Bypass AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T-18). RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller The manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) three-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CFX9000, allowing Bypass the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB selector switch. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T-18). RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) three-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CFX9000, Bypass allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to across the line operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T-18). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position. RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller The auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) three-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CFX9000, Bypass allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to across the line operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB selector switch. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T-18). Doormounted pilot lights are provided that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position. RG Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass Used in conjunction with bypass option RA, RB, RC or RD. This option adds IT. Series reduced voltage soft starter to bypass Bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode. S4 Floor Stand 6 in Raises F box off the ground 6 in (15.4 mm). Recommended when box is not installed on an appropriate concrete pad. Enclosure S5 Floor Stand in Converts a Size B or C, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of in (558.8 mm). Enclosure S6 Floor Stand 1 in Converts a Size C or D, normally wall mounted enclosure to a floor standing enclosure with a height of 1 in (304.8 mm). Enclosure S9 Space Heater Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. Heater requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source. Enclosure Enclosed Drive Options Conformal (Varnished) Coating 1 Chassis Delivery Chassis Frame Code Frame FR6 FP FR9 FP FR7 FP FR10 FP FR8 FP FR11 FP FR1 FP Light Options Power on, run, fault LED lights ( mm) Power on, fault LED lights ( mm) Green LED run light ( mm) Green LED stop light ( mm) Red LED run light ( mm) Red LED stop light ( mm) Red LED fault light ( mm) Power on white LED light ( mm) Miscellaneous LED light ( mm) Delivery Code Catalog Number Suffix L1 L3 LA LD LE LF LG LJ LU Control Options Door-mounted speed potentiometer Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch K 3 15 psig follower K3 HOA selector switch MANUAL/AUTO reference switch START-STOP pushbuttons Type D control relay On-delay relay Off-delay relay Additional terminal blocks per 4 points Note 1 See catalog number description to order. Catalog Number Suffix K1 K4 K5 K6 SD SE SF SD V6-T-178 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

179 CFX9000 Drives.6 Bypass Control Options Bypass test switch used with RA and RB Inverter/bypass pilot lights Meter Options elapsed time meter Frequency meter MP-3000 relay with URTD MP-3000 relay with URTD and CTs Enclosure Options Enclosure Size 08V Power Options, 7-1/ 100 hp 30V Power Options, 7-1/ 15 hp Catalog Number Suffix KF L Catalog Number Suffix KO KS KV KU Space Heater 1 7 S9 8 S9 9 S9 B S9 C S9 D S9 F S9 Plastic Nameplate All SN Floor Stand/Enclosure Size 6 in floor stand, size F S4 in floor stand, size B and C S5 1 in floor stand, size C and D S6 Input breaker P1 Input line fusing P Input line fuses 00 kaic P3 Output contactor PE Single overload relay PH Dual overload relays PI MOV P7 50 ka surge protective device P8 100 ka surge protective device P9 Input breaker P1 Input line fusing P Input line fuses 00 kaic P3 Output contactor PE Single overload relay PH Dual overload relays PI MOV P7 50 ka surge protective device P8 100 ka surge protective device P9 Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix 480 and 575V Power Options, 7-1/ 400 hp Input breaker Input line fusing Input line fuses 00 kaic Output contactor Output filter MotoRx ( ft) DV/DT filter Single overload relay Dual overload relays 08V Bypass Options, 7-1/ 100 hp 30V Bypass Options, 7-1/ 15 hp 480 and 575V Bypass Options, 7-1/ 400 hp Catalog Number Suffix Note 1 Requires customer-supplied 115 Vac supply. Catalog Number Suffix P1 P P3 PE PF PG PH PI Input MOV P7 50 ka surge protective device P8 100 ka surge protective device P9 Manual HOA bypass controller IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Reduced voltage starter for bypass Dual overloads for bypass Manual HOA bypass controller IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Reduced voltage starter for bypass Dual overloads for bypass Manual HOA bypass controller IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Reduced voltage starter for bypass Dual overloads for bypass Catalog Number Suffix RA RB RC RD RG PN Catalog Number Suffix RA RB RC RD RG PN RA RB RC RD RG PN Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-179

180 .6 CFX9000 Drives Technical Data and Specifications CFX9000 Drives Specification Primary Design Features Hz input frequency Output: AC volts maximum Input Voltage Base Output frequency range 0 30 Hz Initial output current (I H ) 50% for seconds Overload (1 minute [I H /I L ]) 150%/110% Enclosure space heater Optional Oversize enclosure Output contactor Optional Bypass motor starter Optional Listings UL, cul, 508C Protection Features Incoming line fuses Optional AC input circuit disconnect Optional Phase rotation insensitive EMI filter FR6 thru FR9 1 Input phase loss protection Input overvoltage protection Line surge protection Output short circuit protection Output ground fault protection Output phase protection Overtemperature protection DC overvoltage protection Drive overload protection Motor overload protection Programmer software Optional Local/remote keypad Keypad lockout Fault alarm output Built-in diagnostics Surge protective device Optional Specification Input/Output Interface Features Setup adjustment provisions Remote keypad/display Personal computer Operator control provisions Drive mounted keypad/display Remote keypad/display Conventional control elements Serial communications Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional Speed setting inputs Keypad 0 10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal 4 0 ma isolated Configurable 4 0 ma differential Configurable 3 15 psig Optional Analog outputs Speed/frequency Torque/load/current Programmable Motor voltage Programmable Kilowatts Programmable 0 10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers 4 0 ma DC signals Isolated signals Optional Discrete outputs Fault alarm Drive running Drive at set speed Programmable Optional parameters 14 Dry contacts relays Form C Open collector outputs 1 Additional discrete outputs Optional Communications RS-3 RS-4/485 Optional DeviceNet Optional Modbus RTU Optional CanOpen (slave) Optional Profibus-DP Optional Lonworks Optional Johnson Controls Metasys N Optional Ethernet IP/Modbus TCP Optional BACnet Optional Note 1 The EMI filter is optional in FR10. V6-T-180 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

181 CFX9000 Drives.6 CFX9000 Drives, continued Specification Performance Features Sensorless vector control Volts/hertz control IR and slip compensation Electronic reversing Dynamic braking Optional DC braking PID setpoint controller Programmable Critical speed lockout Current (torque) limit Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Linear or S curve accel/decel Jog at preset speed Thread/preset speeds 7 Automatic restart Selectable Coasting motor start Coast or ramp stop selection Elapsed time meter Optional Conditions for Application and Service Maximum operating ambient temperature 0 to 40 C, contact factory for 50 C 1 Storage temperature 40 to 60 C Humidity (maximum), non-condensing 95% Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 380 ft (1000m); 1% derating for each 38 ft (100m) above 380 ft (1000m); max. 984 ft (3000m) Line voltage variation +10/ 15% Line frequency variation Hz Efficiency >96% Power factor (displacement) 0.99 I/O Specifications Specification Six digital input programmable Two analog input configurable w/ jumpers Two digital output programmable One digital output programmable One analog output programmable configurable w/jumper I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options Specification Analog voltage, input 0 ±10V, R i >00 kilohms Analog current, input 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohms Digital input 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V, R i >5 kilohms Auxiliary voltage 4V (±0%), max. 50 ma Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 ma Analog current, output 0 (4) 0 ma, R L = 500 kilohms, resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±% Analog voltage, output 0 () 10V, R L >1 kohm, resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±% Relay output max. switching voltage 300 Vdc, 50 Vac Relay output max. switching load 3A/4 Vdc, 300 Vdc, 50 Vac Relay output max. continuous load A rms Thermistor input R trip = 4.7 kohms Notes 1 Units FR10 rated 40 C. For applications above 3A consult instruction manual. 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V,R i >5 kohms Voltage: 0 ±10V, R i >00 kohms Current: 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 kohms Form C relays 50 Vac or 30 Vdc Amp resistive Open collector 48 Vdc 50 ma 0 0 ma, R L max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±% Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-181

182 .6 CFX9000 Drives Wiring Diagram Control Input/Output Reference potentiometer 1 10 kohms Remote reference 0(4) 0 ma Basic Application Default I/O Configuration Terminal Signal OPTA V ref Reference output Voltage for potentiometer, etc. AI1+ Analog input, voltage range 0 10 Vdc Voltage input frequency reference 3 AI1 I/O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 AI+ Analog input, current range 0 0 ma Current input frequency reference 5 AI 6 +4V Control voltage output Voltage for switches, etc. max 0.1A 7 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed = start forward 9 DIN Start reverse Contact closed = start reverse 10 DIN3 External fault input (programmable) Contact open = no fault Contact closed = fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or +4V 1 +4V Control voltage output Voltage for switches (see terminal 6) 13 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls READY RUN ma 14 DIN4 Multi-step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency Ref. 15 DIN5 Multi-step speed select Open Closed Open Closed Open Open Closed Closed 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open = no action Contact closed = fault reset 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or +4V 18 AO1+ Output frequency Analog output 19 AO1 0 DO1 Digital output READY OPTA 1 RO1 Relay output 1 RUN RO1 3 RO1 4 RO Relay output FAULT 5 RO 6 RO Programmable Range 0 0 ma, R L max. 500 ohms Programmable Open collector, I <50 ma, V <48 Vdc Ref.Vin Multi-step ref.1 Multi-step ref. Ref Max V6-T-18 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

183 CFX9000 Drives.6 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size B UL Type 1 H1 H H H1 H W W1 D D (1016.0) (965.) 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required W1 W (93.3) 0.9 (531.4) (490.) 3.00 (76.) Minimum Air Space Required Both Sides 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) (45.7) D1.34 (59.4) D Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) H 185 (84) 9 (104) Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-183

184 .6 CFX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size C UL Type (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) H1 H H H1 H H3 H4 W W1 D D (130.8) 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required (170.0) W1 W (18.1) D (188.8) 3.00 (76.) Minimum Air Space Required Both Sides D (1808.) H 30.9 (785.4) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) H4 H 9.30 (744.) W (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required (46.) W.34 (59.4) D (76.) Minimum Air Space Required Both Sides Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) D 30 (145) 435 (197) H3 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) V6-T-184 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

185 CFX9000 Drives.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size B UL Type 3R H1 H H3 H H1 H H3 W W1 W W3 D D1 D (1170.7) W (119.0) 4.77 (1086.4) W W W (93.3) 6.31 (668.3) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) 0.9 (531.4) D (490.) D D1.69 (68.3) (450.6) H (45.7) 3.31 (840.1) Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) 35 (107) 90 (13) Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-185

186 .6 CFX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size C UL Type 3R H1 H H3 H H1 H H3 H4 H5 W W1 W W3 D D1 D (1475.5) (1433.8) (1391.) W W W (18.1) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) W (1983.5) (197.1) D (958.3) D D (785.4) H H (744.) H H (84.8) (450.6) W W W (46.0) 3.31 (840.1) 0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (4 Places) D D Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) D1 370 (168) 485 (0) H4 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) V6-T-186 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

187 CFX9000 Drives.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size D UL Type 3R H H H1 W W1 W D D (1937.3) (438.4) W1 W W Note Shown with optional floor stands (784.4) Ø0.44 (11.) Mounting Holes (two places) (958.3) 9.30 (744.) (44.7) D1 D (450.6) H1 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1000 (454) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-187

188 .6 CFX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size F H H1 W W1 D D (376.9) ( ) W W (154.0) (119.) H1 H (95.5) 6.00 (660.4) Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) D D1 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1700 (771) 1850 (839) V6-T-188 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

189 CFX9000 Drives.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size (385.6) (86.0) (143.0) (393.7) 1.50 (546.1) Side View Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize Finish: Enclosure ANSI 61 Gray (Light) 0.00 (508.0) 6.5 (666.8).56 (14.) Dia. Mounting Holes (4 Places) (476.3) 5.75 (146.1) Exhaust Air For Cable Entry Hinged Side Door Clearance at 90 (54.0) Top View 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required (76.0) Front View 3.50 (88.9) 1.75 (44.5) Typ (61.0) 8.05 (71.5) Bottom View 4.79 (11.7) (381.0).00 (50.8) Keypad Flanged Disconnect Supplied with Circuit Breaker When Specified Operator Elements When Specified, Mounted on These Panels Door Handle (key-lock optional) Intake Ventilating Slots (Filtered on NEMA 1) Quarter Turn Latch (two places) Opening for Bottom Cable Entry 8.50 (15.9) 8.00 (03.) Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1000 (454) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-189

190 .6 CFX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size (374.9) (86.0) Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize Finish: Enclosure ANSI 61 Gray (Light) (143.0).47 (570.74) 8.5 (09.6) 5.48 (139.19) 1.5 (31.8) (787.4) Top View 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required 4.00 (609.6) 1.45 (544.8) 1.31 (541.3) (119.) 5.14 (639) Front View Side View.56 (14.) Dia Mounting Holes (41.3) (4 Places) 3.01 (76.45) (951.74) 45. ( ) Bottom View Opening for Top Cable Entry ( Places) Keypad Flanged Disconnect Supplied with Circuit Breaker When Specified Operator Elements When Specified, Mounted on These Panels Door Handle (key-lock optional) Intake Ventilating Slots (Filtered on NEMA 1) Quarter Turn Latch ( Places) Opening for Bottom Cable Entry 1.50 (317.5) 7.73 (196.34) Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1400 (636) V6-T-190 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

191 CFX9000 Drives.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size (374.9) (86.0) Access Plate (4 places) 4.00 (609.6) 5.14 (638.6) Side View Finish: Enclosure ANSI 61 Gray (light) Material: Enclosure and Backplate 1 ga. = Cold Rolled Steel ø0.56 (ø14.) Dia. Mounting Hole (five places) 1.50 (38.1) 7.46 x (189.5 x 381.0) Access in Top (two places) (478.5) 8.0 (08.3) 7.36 (694.9) 9.05 (737.9) (1104.9) 90 Max. Door Opening 3.7 (831.1) Top View 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required (154.0) Front View.00 (50.8).90 (581.7) (1176.0) (1394.5) Bottom View 90 Max. Door Opening 7.06 (687.3) 8.75 (.3) Drive Circuit Breaker Door Handle (key-lock optional) 8.50 x 1.00 (15.9 x 304.8) Bottom Access (303.0) 5.00 (635.0) Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1800 (817) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-191

192 .7 CPX9000 Drives CPX9000 Enclosed Clean Power Drives Contents CPX9000 Enclosed Clean Power Drives Application Features and Benefits Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Options Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams Dimensions Page V6-T-193 V6-T-198 V6-T-199 V6-T-00 V6-T-08 V6-T-14 V6-T-16 V6-T-17 Product Eaton s CPX9000 clean power drives use advanced 18-pulse clean power technology that significantly reduces line harmonics at the drive input terminals, resulting in one of the purest sinusoidal waveforms available. The CPX9000 drive also delivers True Power Factor in addition to reducing harmonic distortion, the CPX9000 drive prevents upstream transformer overheating and overloading of breakers and feeders, enabling the application of adjustable frequency drives on generators and other high impedance power systems. All 9000X Series drives are constant torque rated and rated for either high overload (I H ) or low overload (I L ). I H indicates 150% overload capacity for 1 minute out of 10 minutes. I L indicates 110% overload capacity for 1 minute out of 10 minutes. CPX9000 Enclosed Products Enclosed covers a wide range of the most commonly ordered options. Pre-engineering eliminates the lead time normally associated with customer specific options. Available configurations are listed on Pages V6-T-199 and V6-T-08 to V6-T-13. Modified Enclosed applies to specific customer requirements that vary from the Enclosed offering, such as the need for an additional indicating light or minor modifications to drawings. Contact your local sales office for assistance in pricing and lead time. Custom Engineered for those applications with more unique or complex requirements, these are individually engineered to the customer s needs. Contact your local sales office for assistance in pricing and lead time. V6-T-19 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

193 CPX9000 Drives.7 Application Designed to exceed the IEEE requirements for harmonic distortion, the CPX9000 is the clear choice What Are Harmonics? for applications in the water, wastewater, HVAC, industrial and process industries where harmonics are a concern. Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz, which is close to what is supplied by the power company. Perfect Wave Volts (v) Add a second wave that is five times the fundamental frequency 300 Hz (typical of frequency added to the line by a fluorescent light). Second Wave Volts (v) Time (t) f(x) = sin(x) f(x) = sin(5x) 5 Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in fifth harmonics. Resulting Supply Volts (v) Time (t) Time (t) f(x) = sin(x) + sin(5x) 5 What Causes Harmonics? Harmonics are the result of nonlinear loads that convert AC line voltage to DC. Examples of equipment that are non-linear loads are listed below: AC variable frequency drives DC drives Fluorescence lighting, computers, UPS systems Industrial washing machines, punch presses, welders, etc. How Can Harmonics Due to VFDs Be Diminished? By purchasing Eaton s 18-pulse CPX9000 drive that is guaranteed to meet IEEE Std Harmonic Distortion Limits. What Are Linear Loads? Linear loads are primarily devices that run across the line and do not add harmonics. Motors are prime examples. The downside to having large motor linear loads is that they draw more energy than a VFD, because of their inability to control motor speed. In most applications, there is a turn down valve used with the motor that will reduce the flow of the material, without significantly reducing the load to the motor. While this provides some measure of speed control, it is extremely inefficient. Why Be Concerned About Harmonics? 1. Installation and utility costs increase. Harmonics cause damage to transformers and lower efficiencies due to the IR loss. These losses can become significant and can have a dramatic effect on the HVAC systems that are controlling the temperatures of the building where the transformer and drive equipment reside.. Downtime and loss of productivity. Telephones and data transmissions links may not be guaranteed to work on the same power grids polluted with harmonics. 3. Downtime and nuisance trips of drives and other equipment. Emergency generators have up to three times the impedance that is found in a conventional utility source. Thus the harmonic voltage distortion can be up to three times as large, causing risk of operation problems. 4. Larger motors must be used. Motors running across the line that are connected on polluted power distribution grids can overheat or operate at lower efficiency due to harmonics. 5. Higher installation costs. Transformers and power equipment must be oversized to accommodate the loss of efficiencies. This is due to the harmonic currents circulating through the distribution without performing useful work. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-193

194 .7 CPX9000 Drives How Does a VFD Convert Three-Phase AC to a Variable Output Voltage and Frequency? The six-pulse VFD: The The six-pulse VFD drive majority of all conventional creates harmonic current drives that are built consist distortion. The harmonic of a six-pulse configuration. current that is created is The figure below represents energy that can not be used a six-diode rectifier design that by customers and causes converts three-phase utility external heat and losses to all power to DC. The inverter components including other section uses IGBTs to convert drives that are on the same DC power to a simulated AC power distribution. See the sine wave that can vary in curve below showing a frequency from 0 30 Hz. 500 hp drive with 167A of damaging harmonic current. Six-Diode Rectifier Design Six-Pulse Diode Bridge Rectifier Converter Section LA L1A L3A Inverter Section (+) DC ( ) DC Dynamic Braking Bus Transistor Capacitors Output Transistors IGBT Section 500 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current Current Amps Time in Seconds 500 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current Six-Pulse Circuit Current harmonics I 1 = 100% I 11 = 6.10% I 19 = 1.77% I 5 =.5% I 13 = 4.06% I 3 = 1.1% I 7 = 9.38% I 17 =.6% I 5 = 0.86% Power = 500 hp Harmonic current = 167 amps AC Motor Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std Harmonic Distortion Limits The IEEE users that are implementing Specification is a standard medium and low voltage that provides guidelines for equipment. commercial and industrial Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in % of the Fundamental (10V through 69,000V) Harmonic Order (Odd Harmonics) Isc/I L h<11 11<h<17 17<h<3 3<h<35 35<h TDD < < < < > The ratio Isc/I L is the ratio of the short-circuit current available at the point of common coupling (PCC), to the maximum fundamental load current. Consequently, as the size of the user load decreases with respect to the size of the system, the percentage of harmonic current that the user is allowed to inject into the utility system increases. Notes TDD = Total demand distortion is the harmonic current distortion in percent of the maximum demand load current (15 or 30 minute demand). I SC = Maximum short circuit current at the PCC not counting motor contribution. I L = Maximum demand load current for all of the connected loads (fundamental frequency component) at the PCC. All of the limits are measured at a point of common coupling. V6-T-194 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

195 CPX9000 Drives.7 One-Line Diagram for Harmonic Analysis Terms Volts Volts Utility Side Transformer Volts kva Isc Impedance Customer Generator Volts kva Isc Impedance PCC (Point of Common Coupling) is defined as the electrical connecting point between the utility and multiple customers per the specifications in IEEE 519 POA (Point of Analysis) is defined as where the harmonic calculations are taken An oscilloscope can make all measurements at the PCC or POA do an on-site harmonic evaluation. PCC Utility Side Generator Set Volts Volts Customer Transformer Volts kva Isc Impedance Harmonic Reduction Methods to Meet IEEE Line Reactor A line reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. If a line reactor is applied on all AFDs, it is possible to meet IEEE guidelines where 10 5% of system loads are AFDs, depending on the stiffness of the line and the value of line reactance. Line reactors are available in various values of impedance, most typically 1 1.5%, 3% and 5%. Source A Source B AC Motor AC Motor AC Motor AC Motor AC Motor AC Motor Total Linear Motor Loads AMPS Total Non-Linear Drive Loads AMPS The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system characteristics. The one-line in this figure would provide the data to complete the calculations. Line Reactor Advantages Low cost Can provide moderate reduction in voltage and current harmonics Available in various values of impedance Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients AFD Motor Disadvantages May not reduce harmonic levels to below IEEE guidelines Voltage drop due to IR loss Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-195

196 .7 CPX9000 Drives. 1-Pulse Converters A 1-pulse converter incorporates two separate AFD input semiconductor bridges, which are fed from 30º phase shifted power sources with identical impedance. The sources may be two isolation transformers, where one is a delta/wye design (which provides the phase shift) and the second a delta/delta design (which does not phase shift). The 1-pulse arrangement allows the harmonics from the first converter to cancel the harmonics of the second. Up to approximately 85% reduction of harmonic current and voltage distortion may be achieved (over standard Basic 1-Pulse Rectifier with Phase Shifting Transformer 1-Pulse Phase-Shifting Transformer L1A LA L3A L1B LB L3B 500 hp 480V Drive with 1-Pulse Rectifier Current Amps Time in Seconds 1-Pulse Diode Bridge Rectifier Converter Section 1-Pulse Diode Bridge Rectifier Converter Section Bus Capacitors six-pulse converter). This permits a facility to use a larger percentage of AFD loads under IEEE guidelines than allowable using line reactors or DC chokes. A harmonic analysis is required to guarantee compliance with guidelines. Dynamic Braking Transistor Inverter Section (+) DC (-) DC Output Transistors IGBT Section AC Motor 500 hp 480V Drive with 1-Pulse Rectifier 1-Pulse Circuit Current harmonics I 1 = 100% I 11 = 4.19% I 19 = 0.06% I 5 = 1.5% I 13 =.95% I 3 = 0.87% I 7 = 0.48% I 17 = 0.1% I 5 = 0.73% Power = 500 hp H c = 66. amps Advantages Moderate cost, although significantly more than reactors or chokes Substantial reduction (up to approx. 85%) in voltage and current harmonics Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients Disadvantages Impedance matching of phase shifted sources is critical to performance Transformers often require separate mounting or larger AFD enclosures May not reduce distribution harmonic levels to below IEEE guidelines Cannot retrofit for most AFDs V6-T-196 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

197 CPX9000 Drives.7 3. Clean Power Drives When the total load is of nonlinear, the greatest harmonic mitigation is required. Under these conditions, the currents drawn from the supply need to be sinusoidal and clean such that system interference and additional losses are negligible. Eaton s CPX9000 clean power drive uses a phase-shifting auto-transformer with delta-connected winding. Three of the output phases are advanced and three are retarded. The remaining three phases of this nine-phase supply are in phase with the incoming line. This results in nine separate phases. In this type of configuration, the total required kva rating of the transformer is only 48% of a drive rate isolation transformer. A traditional isolated transformer system, with multipulse windings, would require the full kva Basic 18-Pulse Rectifier with Phase Shifting Transformer Phase AC Input 8 C N 500 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers Current Amps A Pulse SCR Bridge Rectifier Converter Section 18-Pulse Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer Time in Seconds Diode Rectifiers rating to be supported, which is more common in an MV step-down transformer. The integrated 18-pulse clean power drive, with near sine wave input current and low harmonics will meet the requirements of IEEE under all practical operating conditions. The comparisons with six-pulse and 1-pulse systems are shown, see Pages V6-T-194, V6-T-196 and V6-T-197. Bus Capacitors Pre-charge Circuit Dynamic Braking Transistor Inverter Section (+) DC ( ) DC Output Transistors IGBT Section 500 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers 18-Pulse Clean Power Current harmonics I 1 = 100% I 11 = 0.4% I 19 = 1.00% I 5 = 0.16% I 13 = 0.10% I 3 = 0.01% I 7 = 0.03% I 17 = 0.86% I 5 = 0.01% Power = 500 hp H c = 4 amps Advantages Virtually guarantees compliance with IEEE Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients Up to four times the harmonic reduction of 1-pulse methods Smaller transformer than isolation transformer used in 1-pulse converter AC Motor Disadvantages Not as cost-effective as some other methods at small (<50) horsepower Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-197

198 .7 CPX9000 Drives Features and Benefits CPX9000 clean power drive features include: Space optimized enclosure Simple layout for power options Type 1, NEMA 1 with gaskets and filters, Type 3R Input voltage: 480V, 08V, 575V Complete range of control, network and power options Product Identification Type 1, hp (30 x 90 x 1.50) Door Mounted Keypad 18-Pulse Diode Rectifier Horsepower range: 480V, hp (consult factory for larger sizes) 08/30V, 5 00 hp 575V, hp (consult factory for larger sizes) Over 15 years of 18-pulse clean power experience 65 kaic at 480V and 08V 100 kaic optional SVX9000 Drive s and Certifications UL 508C tested, listed and approved. Bypass Starter Assembly (option) Motor Circuit Protector (standard with bypass options) Pre-Charge Input Contactor Input Line Fuses Input Choke 18-Pulse Auto-Transformer V6-T-198 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

199 CPX9000 Drives.7 Catalog Number Selection CPX9000 Enclosed Drive Product Family CPX = Clean power 18-pulse enclosed drives 05 = 5 hp 030 = 30 hp 040 = 40 hp 050 = 50 hp 060 = 60 hp 075 = 75 hp Horsepower Rating 100 = 100 hp 15 = 15 hp 150 = 150 hp 00 = 00 hp 50 = 50 hp 300 = 300 hp C P X A A 350 = 350 hp 400 = 400 hp 500 = 500 hp 600 = 600 hp 700 = 700 hp 800 = 800 hp Enclosure Rating 1 = Type 1 3 = Type 3R 6 = Type 1 filtered Voltage Rating = 30V (08 40V) 4 = 480V 5 = 575V ( V) Application Torque/Braking 1 A = I L /no brake chopper B = I L /internal brake chopper D = I H /no brake chopper E = I H /internal brake chopper Enclosed Style A = Enclosed drive Notes 1 Brake chopper is standard in drives up to 30 hp I H or 40 hp I L at 480V. It is optional in larger drives. Local/remote keypad is included as the standard control panel. 3 Some options are voltage and/or horsepower specific. Consult your Eaton representative for details. 4 See Pages V6-T-10 and V6-T-11 for complete descriptions. 5 Includes local/remote speed reference switch. 6 See Pages V6-T-08 and V6-T-09 for complete descriptions. 7 Consult Eaton for availability. K1 K K3 K4 K5 K6 KF KO L1 L LE P1 P8 PE PF PG PH PI PN RA RB RC RD RG S7 S8 S9 Build options alphabetically and numerically. Enclosed Options 34 Door-mounted speed potentiometer 5 Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch psig follower HAND/OFF/AUTO switch 0.87-inch ( mm) MANUAL/AUTO reference switch 0.87-inch ( mm) START/STOP pushbuttons 0.87-inch ( mm) Bypass test switch for RA and RB elapsed time meter Power, RUN and fault pilot lights Bypass pilot lights for RA, RB, bypass options Red RUN light Input disconnect Surge protective device Output contactor Output filter MotoRx (up to 600 ft [18.9m]) 1000 V/μS DV/DT filter Single overload relay Dual overload relays Dual overloads for bypass Manual HOA bypass controller Manual IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Reduced voltage starter for bypass inch (54.0 mm) expansion 0.00-inch (508.0 mm) expansion Space heater C = Modbus C3 = PROFIBUS DP C4 = LonWorks C5 = Profibus DP (D9 connector) C6 = CANopen (slave) C7 = DeviceNet C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector) HT VB Communication Options 6 CA = Johnson Controls N CI = Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP CJ = BACnet D3 = RS-3 with D9 connection Control Options B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/ext +4 Vdc B = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B4 = 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B5 = 3 RO (NO) B8 = 1 ext +4 Vdc/ext +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input Engineered Options High temperature rating for 50 C (FR10 and above) 7 Varnished boards Type Control Control Control Control Control Control Addl. bypass Control Light Addl. bypass Light Input Input Output Output Output Output Output Addl. bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-199

200 .7 CPX9000 Drives Product Selection When Ordering Select a base catalog number that meets the application requirements nominal horsepower, voltage and enclosure rating. (The enclosed drive s continuous output amp rating should be equal to or greater than the motor s full load amp rating.) The base-enclosed package includes a standard drive, doormounted alphanumeric panel and enclosure. 08/30V Drives CPX9000 Drive The CPX9000 product uses the term High Overload (I H ) in place of the term Constant Torque (CT). Likewise, Low Overload (I L ) is used in place of the term Variable Torque (VT). The new terms are a more precise description of the rating. The older terms included ambient temperature ratings in addition to overload ratings. In order to minimize enclosure size and offer the highest ambient temperature CPX9000 Base Drive Type 1 Enclosure Current Size 1 hp (A) Chassis Frame rating, overload and temperature ratings are now treated separately. Ambient temperature ratings are shown in the table below. Consult the factory for 50 C ratings of FR10 and above. Ambient Temperature Ratings Frame Size I H I L FR4 FR9 50 C 50 C FR10 and above 40 C 40 C Base Catalog Number 3 Low Overload Drive FR7 CPX051AA FR7 CPX0301AA FR7 CPX0401AA FR8 CPX0501AA FR8 CPX0601AA FR8 CPX0751AA FR9 CPX1001AA FR8T CPX151AA FR8T CPX1501AA FR9T CPX001AA High Overload Drive FR7 CPX051DA FR7 CPX0301DA FR8 CPX0401DA FR8 CPX0501DA FR8 CPX0601DA FR9 CPX0751DA FR8T CPX1001DA FR8T CPX151DA FR9T CPX1501DA 00 5 FR9T CPX001DA Notes 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T-17. hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. If dynamic brake chopper or control/communication option is desired, change the appropriate code in the base catalog number. All of the programming is exactly the same as the standard SVX9000 drive. Select enclosed options. Add the codes as suffixes to the base catalog number in alphabetical and numeric order. V6-T-00 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

201 CPX9000 Drives.7 CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive NEMA 1 Filtered Enclosure Current Size 1 hp (A) CPX9000 Base Drive Type 3R 4 Enclosure Current Size 1 hp (A) Notes 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T-17. hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. 4 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure. Chassis Frame Base Catalog Number 3 Low Overload Drive FR7 CPX056AA FR7 CPX0306AA FR7 CPX0406AA FR8 CPX0506AA FR8 CPX0606AA FR8 CPX0756AA FR9 CPX1006AA FR8T CPX156AA FR8T CPX1505AA FR9T CPX006AA High Overload Drive FR7 CPX056DA FR7 CPX0306DA FR8 CPX0406DA FR8 CPX0506DA FR8 CPX0606DA FR9 CPX0756DA FR8T CPX1006DA FR8T CPX156DA FR9T CPX1506DA 00 5 FR9T CPX006DA Chassis Frame Base Catalog Number 3 Low Overload Drive FR7 CPX053AA FR7 CPX0303AA FR7 CPX0403AA FR8 CPX0503AA FR8 CPX0603AA FR8 CPX0753AA FR9 CPX1003AA FR8T CPX153AA High Overload Drive FR7 CPX053DA FR7 CPX0303DA FR8 CPX0403DA FR8 CPX0503DA FR8 CPX0603DA FR9 CPX0753DA FR8T CPX1003DA Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-01

202 .7 CPX9000 Drives 480V Drives CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive Type 1 Enclosure Current Size 1 hp (A) Chassis Frame Base Catalog Number 3 Low Overload Drive FR6 CPX0514BA FR6 CPX03014BA FR6 CPX04014BA 50 7 FR7 CPX05014AA FR7 CPX06014AA FR7 CPX07514AA FR8 CPX10014AA FR8 CPX1514AA FR8 CPX15014AA FR9 CPX0014AA FR9 CPX5014AA FR10 CPX30014AA FR10 CPX35014AA FR10 CPX40014AA FR11 CPX50014AA FR11 CPX55014AA FR11 CPX60014AA FR11 CPX65014AA FR1 CPX70014AA FR1 CPX80014AA High Overload Drive FR6 CPX0514EA FR6 CPX03014EA FR7 CPX04014DA 50 7 FR7 CPX05014DA FR7 CPX06014DA FR8 CPX07514DA FR8 CPX10014DA FR8 CPX1514DA FR9 CPX15014DA FR9 CPX0014DA FR10 CPX5014DA FR10 CPX30014DA FR10 CPX35014DA FR11 CPX40014DA FR11 CPX50014DA FR11 CPX55014DA FR1 CPX60014DA FR1 CPX65014DA FR1 CPX70014DA Notes 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T-17. hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. V6-T-0 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

203 CPX9000 Drives.7 CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive NEMA 1 Filtered Enclosure Current Size 1 hp (A) Chassis Frame Base Catalog Number 3 Low Overload Drive FR6 CPX0564BA FR6 CPX03064BA FR6 CPX04064BA 50 7 FR7 CPX05064AA FR7 CPX06064AA FR7 CPX07564AA FR8 CPX10064AA FR8 CPX1564AA FR8 CPX15064AA FR9 CPX0064AA FR9 CPX5064AA FR10 CPX30064AA FR10 CPX35064AA FR10 CPX40064AA FR11 CPX50064AA FR11 CPX55064AA FR11 CPX60064AA FR11 CPX65064AA FR1 CPX70064AA FR1 CPX80064AA High Overload Drive FR6 CPX0564EA FR6 CPX03064EA FR7 CPX04064DA 50 7 FR7 CPX05064DA FR7 CPX06064DA FR8 CPX07564DA FR8 CPX10064DA FR8 CPX1564DA FR9 CPX15064DA FR9 CPX0064DA FR10 CPX5064DA FR10 CPX30064DA FR10 CPX35014DA FR11 CPX40064DA FR11 CPX50064DA FR11 CPX55064DA FR1 CPX60064DA FR1 CPX65064DA FR1 CPX70064DA Notes 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T-17. hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-03

204 .7 CPX9000 Drives CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive Type 3R 1 Enclosure Current Size hp 3 (A) Chassis Frame Base Catalog Number 4 Low Overload Drive FR6 CPX0534AA FR6 CPX03034AA FR6 CPX04034AA 50 7 FR7 CPX05034AA FR7 CPX06034AA FR7 CPX07534AA FR8 CPX10034AA FR8 CPX1534AA FR8 CPX15034AA FR9 CPX0034AA FR9 CPX5034AA High Overload Drive FR6 CPX0534DA FR6 CPX03034DA FR7 CPX04034DA 50 7 FR7 CPX05034DA FR7 CPX06034DA FR8 CPX07534DA FR8 CPX10034DA FR8 CPX1534DA FR9 CPX15034DA FR9 CPX0034DA Notes 1 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure. See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 4 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. V6-T-04 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

205 CPX9000 Drives.7 575V Drives CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive Type 1 Enclosure Current Size 1 hp (A) Chassis Frame Base Catalog Number 3 Low Overload Drive FR6 CPX0515AA FR6 CPX03015AA FR7 CPX04015AA 50 5 FR7 CPX05015AA 60 6 FR8 CPX06015AA FR8 CPX07515AA FR8 CPX10015AA FR9 CPX1515AA FR9 CPX15015AA FR9 CPX0015AA FR10 CPX5015AA FR10 CPX30015AA FR10 CPX40015AA FR11 CPX50015AA FR11 CPX60015AA FR1 CPX65015AA FR1 CPX70015AA FR1 CPX80015AA High Overload Drive FR6 CPX0515DA FR7 CPX03015DA FR7 CPX04015DA 50 5 FR8 CPX05015DA 60 6 FR8 CPX06015DA FR8 CPX07515DA FR9 CPX10015DA FR9 CPX1515DA FR9 CPX15015DA FR10 CPX0015DA FR10 CPX5015DA FR10 CPX30015DA FR11 CPX40015DA FR11 CPX45015DA FR11 CPX50015DA FR1 CPX60015DA FR1 CPX65015DA FR1 CPX70015DA Notes 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T-17. hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-05

206 .7 CPX9000 Drives CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive NEMA 1 Filtered Enclosure Current Size 1 hp (A) Chassis Frame Base Catalog Number 3 Low Overload Drive FR6 CPX0565AA FR6 CPX03065AA FR7 CPX04065AA 50 5 FR7 CPX05065AA 60 6 FR8 CPX06065AA FR8 CPX07565AA FR8 CPX10065AA FR9 CPX1565AA FR9 CPX15065AA FR9 CPX0065AA FR10 CPX5065AA FR10 CPX30065AA FR10 CPX40065AA FR11 CPX50065AA FR11 CPX60065AA FR1 CPX65065AA FR1 CPX70065AA FR1 CPX80065AA High Overload Drive FR6 CPX0565DA FR7 CPX03065DA FR7 CPX04065DA 50 5 FR8 CPX05065DA 60 6 FR8 CPX06065DA FR8 CPX07565DA FR9 CPX10065DA FR9 CPX1565DA FR9 CPX15065DA FR10 CPX0065DA FR10 CPX5065DA FR10 CPX30065DA FR11 CPX40065DA FR11 CPX45065DA FR11 CPX50065DA FR1 CPX60065DA FR1 CPX65065DA FR1 CPX70065DA Notes 1 See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T-17. hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 3 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. V6-T-06 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

207 CPX9000 Drives.7 CPX9000 Drive CPX9000 Base Drive Type 3R 1 Enclosure Current Size hp 3 (A) Chassis Frame Base Catalog Number 4 Low Overload Drive FR6 CPX0535AA FR6 CPX03035AA FR7 CPX04035AA 50 5 FR7 CPX05035AA 60 6 FR8 CPX06035AA FR8 CPX07535AA FR8 CPX10035AA FR9 CPX1535AA FR9 CPX15035AA FR9 CPX0035AA High Overload Drive FR6 CPX0535DA FR7 CPX03035DA FR7 CPX04035DA 50 5 FR8 CPX05035DA 60 6 FR8 CPX06035DA FR8 CPX07535DA FR9 CPX10035DA FR9 CPX1535DA FR9 CPX15035DA Notes 1 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure. See enclosure dimensions beginning on Page V6-T hp ratings are provided as a guideline. Drives should be sized per motor nameplate FLA. 4 The 18-pulse clean power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-07

208 .7 CPX9000 Drives Options CPX9000 Series Option Board Kits The CPX9000 Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards (see figure below). The CPX9000 Series factory- installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. 9000X Series Option Board Kits Option Boards A B C D E Option Board Kits Option Kit 1 Notes 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 3 OPTC is a multi-protocol option card. Allowed Slot Locations Field Installed Catalog Number Factory Installed Option Designator SVX Ready Programs Local/ Basic Remote MSS PID Multi-P. PFC I/O Cards RO (NC/NO) B OPTA 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTA9 ext +4 Vdc/ext +4 Vdc Extended I/O Cards 6 DI B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB B 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated) B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 3 Pt100 RTD board B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 Communication Cards 3 Modbus D, E OPTC C Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK Johnson Controls N D, E OPTC CA PROFIBUS DP D, E OPTC3 C3 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 CANopen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 Modbus (D9 type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 RS-3 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 V6-T-08 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

209 CPX9000 Drives.7 Modbus RTU Network Communications The Modbus Network Card OPTC is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the baud rate ranges from 300 to 19,00 baud. Other communication parameters include an address range from 1 to 47; a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1. PROFIBUS Network Communications The PROFIBUS Network Card OPTC3 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive as a slave on a PROFIBUS-DP network. The interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female). The baud rates range from 9.6K baud to 1M baud, and the addresses range from 1 to 17. LonWorks Network Communications The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a LonWorks network. This interface uses Network Variable Types (SNVT) as data types. The channel connection is achieved using a FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver via a single twisted transfer cable. The communication speed with LonWorks is 78 kbits/s. CANopen (Slave) Communications The CANopen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to a host system. According to ISO standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should have a nominal impedance of 10 ohms, and specific line delay of nominal 5 ns/m. 10 ohm line termination resistors required for installation. DeviceNet Network Communications The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting the 9000X Drive on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN using a two-wire twisted shielded cable with two-wire bus power cable and drain. The baud rates used for communication include 15K baud, 50K baud and 500K baud. Johnson Controls Metasys N Network Communications The OPTC fieldbus board provides communication between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys N network. With this connection, the drive can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys system. The N fieldbus is available as a factory-installed option and as a field-installable kit. Modbus/TCP Network Communications The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks using Modbus protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. This interface provides a selection of standard and custom register values to communicate drive parameters. The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable over Ethernet using a supplied software tool. BACnet Network Communications The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/ Token Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface uses a collection of 30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports 9.6, 19. and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and supports network addresses 1 to 17. Ethernet/IP Network Communications The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK is used for connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol networks. It includes an RJ- 45 pluggable connector. The interface uses CIP objects to communicate drive parameters (CIP is Common Industrial Protocol, the same protocol used by DeviceNet). The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds. The IP address of the board is configurable by Static, BOOTP and DHCP methods. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-09

210 .7 CPX9000 Drives Control/Communication Option s For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required. Available Control/Communications Options Option K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer Provides the CPX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a 0 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal. K Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch Provides the CPX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from Control door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer-supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 0 ma signal. K psig Follower Provides a pneumatic transducer that converts a 3 15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0 8 Vdc or a 1 9 Vdc signal interface with the CPX9000. Control The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects to the user s pneumatic control system via 6 ft (1.8m) of flexible tubing and a 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) brass tube union. K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode Control of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus. K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch Provides door-mounted selector switch for MANUAL/AUTO speed reference. Control K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons Provide door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations. Control KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the bypass controller. The Test Switch is Addl. bypass mounted on the inside of the enclosure door. KO Elapsed Time Meter Provides a door-mounted elapsed run-time meter. Control L1 Power On and Fault Power Lights Provide a white Power On light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault Light has occurred. L Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options A green light indicates when the motor is running in Inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is Addl. bypass running in Bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the switches. LE Red Run Pilot Light 0.87-Inch ( mm) Provides a red Run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light P1 Input Circuit Breaker High interrupting circuit breaker that provides a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the CPX9000, and Input protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the CPX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure. rating is 65 kaic at 08/480V. 100 kaic is available as an option. PE Output Contactor Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive s run or Output permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. Bypass options RB and RA include an output contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure. PF Output Filter Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The output filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30.5m) with a Output drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10.1m) with a drive of hp and below, or for a drive rated at V. This option is mounted in the enclosure. PG MotoRx ( Ft) 1000 V/μS DV/DT Filter Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line reactor, followed by capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the output filter (see option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive is ft ( m). Output PH PI PN Single Overload Relay Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on configurations without bypass options. It is included with the bypass configurations for overload current protection in the bypass mode. The overload relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually resettable. Heater pack included. Dual Overload Relays This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included. Dual Overloads for Bypass This option is recommended when a single drive is operating two motors in the Bypass mode and overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The standard configuration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Option Type Control Output Output Addl. bypass V6-T-10 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

211 CPX9000 Drives.7 For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required. Available Control/Communications Options, continued Option RA RB RC RD RG S7 S8 S9 Dissipated Watt Losses Horsepower Watts Conformal (Varnished) Coating 1 Chassis Frame Notes 1 See catalog number description to order. Contact factory for 08V and 575V applications. 3 Contact factory. Manual HOA Bypass Controller The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) three-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T-16). Manual IOB Bypass Controller The manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) three-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB selector switch. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T-16). Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller The manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) three-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to across the line operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted HOA selector switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T-16). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position. Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller The auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) three-contactor bypass option provides a means of bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry provides an automatic transfer of the load to across the line operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input HMCP, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door-mounted IOB selector switch. IEC type input, bypass and input contactors are provided. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see wiring diagram on Page V6-T-16). Doormounted pilot lights are provided that indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch is turned to the OFF position. Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass Used in conjunction with bypass option RA, RB, RC or RD. This option adds reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode Inch (54.0 mm) Expansion Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables. NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated Type 1 only Inch (508.0 mm) Expansion Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables. NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated Type 1 only. Space Heater Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. The heater requires a customer-supplied 115V remote supply source. Delivery Code Chassis Frame FR6 FP FR9 FP FR7 FP FR10 FP FR8 FP FR11 FP FR1 FP Delivery Code 480V Input Disconnect Selection Horsepower P1 Input Breaker 5 HFD3050 HMCP050KC 30 HFD3060 HMCP100R3C 40 HFD3080 HMCP100R3C 50 HFD3100 HMCP100R3C 60 HFD3100 HMCP150T4C 75 HFD315 HMCP150T4C 100 HFD3150 HMCP150U4C 15 HFD300 HMCP50W5C 150 HFD35 HMCP50W5C 00 HKD3300 HMCP400X5C 50 HKD3400 HMCP400X5C HLD3600 HMCP600L6W HND3800 HMCP800X7W HND31 3 Option Type Bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Bypass Motor Circuit Protector (RA, RB, RC, RD) Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-11

212 .7 CPX9000 Drives Enclosed Drive Options Light Options Power on, run, fault LED lights ( mm) Power on, fault LED lights ( mm) Green LED run light ( mm) Green LED stop light ( mm) Red LED run light ( mm) Red LED stop light ( mm) Red LED fault light ( mm) Power on white LED light ( mm) Miscellaneous LED light ( mm) Control Options Door-mounted speed potentiometer Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch Bypass Control Options Catalog Number Suffix L1 L3 LA LD LE LF LG LJ LU Catalog Number Suffix K1 K 3 15 psig follower K3 HOA selector switch K4 MANUAL/AUTO reference switch K5 START-STOP pushbuttons Type D control relay On-delay relay Off-delay relay Additional terminal blocks per 4 points Bypass test switch used with RA and RB Inverter/bypass pilot lights K6 SD SE SF SD Catalog Number Suffix KF L Meter Options elapsed time meter Frequency meter MP-3000 relay with URTD MP-3000 relay with URTD and CTs Enclosure Options Enclosure Size Note 1 Requires customer-supplied 115 Vac supply. Catalog Number Suffix KO KS KV KU Inch (54.0 mm) Expansion 7 S7 8 S7 9 S7 10 S7 11 S Inch (508.0 mm) Expansion 7 S8 8 S8 9 S8 10 S8 11 S8 Space Heater 1 7 S9 8 S9 9 S9 10 S9 11 S9 Plastic Nameplate 7 SN 8 SN 9 SN 10 SN 11 SN Catalog Number Suffix V6-T-1 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

213 CPX9000 Drives.7 08V and 30V Power Options, 5 00 hp Input breaker Output contactor Single overload relay Dual overload relays MOV 480 and 575V Power Options, hp Catalog Number Suffix P1 PE PH PI P7 50 ka surge protective device P8 100 ka surge protective device P9 Input breaker Output contactor Output filter MotoRx ( Ft) DV/DT filter Single overload relay Dual overload relays Catalog Number Suffix P1 PE PF PG PH PI Input MOV P7 50 ka surge protective device P8 100 ka surge protective device P8 08V and 30V Bypass Options, 5 00 hp Manual HOA bypass controller IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Reduced voltage starter for bypass Dual overloads for bypass 480 and 575V Bypass Options, hp Manual HOA bypass controller IOB bypass controller Auto transfer HOA bypass controller Auto transfer IOB bypass controller Reduced voltage starter for bypass Dual overloads for bypass Catalog Number Suffix RA RB RC RD RG PN Catalog Number Suffix RA RB RC RD RG PN Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-13

214 .7 CPX9000 Drives Technical Data and Specifications CPX9000 Drives Specification Primary Design Features Hz input frequency Output: AC volts maximum Input voltage base Output frequency range 0 30 Hz Initial output current (I H ) 50% for seconds Overload (1 minute [I H /I L ]) 150%/110% Enclosure space heater Optional Oversize enclosure Output contactor Optional Bypass motor starter Optional Listings UL, cul, 508C Protection Features Incoming line fuses 00 kaic rating AC input circuit disconnect Optional Phase rotation insensitive EMI filter FR6 thru FR9 1 Input phase loss protection Input overvoltage protection Line surge protection Output short-circuit protection Output ground fault protection Output phase protection Overtemperature protection DC overvoltage protection Drive overload protection Motor overload protection Programmer software Optional Local/remote keypad Keypad lockout Fault alarm output Built-in diagnostics Surge protective device Optional Specification Input/Output Interface Features Setup adjustment provisions Remote keypad/display Personal computer Operator control provisions Drive mounted keypad/display Remote keypad/display Conventional control elements Serial communications Optional 115 Vac control circuit Optional Speed setting inputs Keypad 0 10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal 4 0 ma isolated Configurable 4 0 ma differential Configurable 3 15 psig Optional Analog outputs Speed/frequency Torque/load/current Programmable Motor voltage Programmable Kilowatts Programmable 0 10 Vdc signals Configurable w/jumpers 4 0 ma DC signals Isolated signals Discrete outputs Fault alarm Drive running Drive at set speed Programmable Optional parameters 14 Dry contacts Form C contacts available Additional discrete outputs Optional Communications RS-3 RS-4/485 Optional DeviceNet Optional Modbus RTU Optional CanOpen (slave) Optional Profibus-DP Optional LonWorks Optional Johnson Controls Metasys N Optional Ethernet IP/Modbus TCP Optional BACnet Optional Note 1 The EMI filter is optional in FR10 and larger. V6-T-14 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

215 CPX9000 Drives.7 CPX9000 Drives Specification Performance Features Sensorless vector control Volts/hertz control IR and slip compensation Electronic reversing Dynamic braking Optional DC braking PID set point controller Programmable Critical speed lockout Current (torque) limit Adjustable acceleration/deceleration Linear or S curve accel/decel Jog at preset speed Thread/preset speeds 7 Automatic restart Selectable Coasting motor start Coast or ramp stop selection Elapsed time meter Optional Carrier frequency adjustment 1 16 khz Conditions for Application and Service Maximum operating ambient temperature 0 50 C up to FR C FR10 and larger, consult factory for 50 C rating above FR9 Storage temperature 40 to 60 C Humidity (maximum), noncondensing 95% Altitude (maximum without derate) 3300 ft (1000m) Line voltage variation +10/ 15% Line frequency variation Hz Efficiency >95% Power factor (displacement) Power factor (apparent) 0.99 I/O Specifications Specification Six digital input programmable 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V,R i >5 kohms Two analog input configurable w/jumpers Two digital output programmable One analog output programmable configurable w/jumper I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options Specification Analog voltage, input 0 ±10V, R i >00 kilohms Analog current, input 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohms Digital input 4V: 0 <10V, 1 >18V, R i >5 kilohms Auxiliary voltage 4V (±0%), max. 50 ma Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 ma Analog current, output 0 (4) 0 ma, R L = 500 kilohms, resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±% Analog voltage, output 0 () 10V, R L >1 kilohm, resolution 10 bit, accuracy <±% Relay output max. switching voltage 300 Vdc, 50 Vac Relay output max. switching load 3A/4 Vdc, 300 Vdc, 50 Vac 1 Relay output max. continuous load A rms Thermistor input R trip = 4.7 kohms Note 1 For applications above 3A consult instruction manual. Voltage: 0 ±10V, R i >00 kohms Current: 0 (4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohms Form C relays 50 Vac 30 Vdc amp resistive 0 0 ma, R L max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±% Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-15

216 .7 CPX9000 Drives Wiring Diagrams Power Diagram Up to FR9 Input Fusing I 18-Pulse Transformer 18-Pulse Diode Bridge Power Diagram FR10 and Larger Input Fusing 9000X Drive Motor 18-Pulse Transformer 9000X 1-Pulse Drive Motor Circuit Breaker Inverter Input Contactor Circuit Breaker Pre-charge Complete Contactor 6-Pulse Diode Bridge Power Diagram Up to FR9 with Bypass Inverter Input Contactor Output Contactor I Input Fusing 18-Pulse Transformer 18-Pulse Diode Bridge M 9000X Drive HMCP Mechanical Interlock Motor Optional Reduced Voltage Starter (IT.) L Bypass Contactor Power Diagram FR10 and Larger with Bypass Inverter Input Contactor Output Contactor I Input Fusing 18-Pulse Transformer 9000X 1-Pulse Drive M Motor Overload HMCP Overload Pre-charge Complete Contactor 6-Pulse Diode Bridge Mechanical Interlock Optional Reduced Voltage Starter L (IT.) Bypass Contactor V6-T-16 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

217 CPX9000 Drives.7 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size hp I L and 5 15 hp I H 480V hp I L and 5 75 hp I H 575V (86.0) (393.7) 1.50 (546.1) Side View (143.0) Finish: Enclosure ANSI 61 Gray (light) Material: Enclosure and Backplate 1 ga. = Cold Rolled Steel ø0.56 (ø14.) Dia. Mounting Holes (five places) (476.3) 5.75 (146.1) 0.00 (508.0) 6.5 (666.8) Hinged Side Door Clearance at 90º 93.9 (385.6) (378.5) 1.75 (44.5) 4.45 (61.0) Exhaust Air Top View (76.0) 4.5 (107.9) Bottom View For Cable Entry (54.0) 8.05 (71.5) (381.0).00 (50.8) (66.7) (177.8) 4.79 (11.7) 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required Keypad Flanged Disconnect Supplied With Circuit Breaker When Specified Operator Elements When Specified, Mounted On These Panels Door Handle (key-lock optional) Quarter Turn Latch (three places) Opening For Bottom Cable Entry Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-17

218 .7 CPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size hp I L and hp I H 480V hp I L and hp I H 575V (86.0) 4.00 (609.6) Side View Finish: Enclosure ANSI 61 Gray (light) Material: Enclosure and Backplate 1 ga. = Cold Rolled Steel (143.0).47 (570.7) 8.5 (09.6) 1.5 (31.8) (374.9) (354.8) 7.73 (196.3) 5.48 (139.) (787.4) 3.0 (817.9) Top View 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required 1.45 (544.8) (119.) 3.01 (76.5) (951.7) 45. (1148.6) Bottom View 1.31 (541.3) For Top Cable Entry (two places) 9.50 (41.3) 1.50 (317.5) Drive Circuit Breaker Door Handle (key-lock optional) For Bottom Cable Entry ø0.56 (ø14.) (five places) V6-T-18 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

219 CPX9000 Drives.7 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size hp I L and hp I H 480V hp I L and hp I H 575V (374.9) (86.0) Access Plate (4 places) 4.00 (609.6) 5.14 (638.6) Side View Finish: Enclosure ANSI 61 Gray (light) Material: Enclosure and Backplate 1 ga. = Cold Rolled Steel ø0.56 (ø14.) Dia. Mounting Hole (five places) 1.50 (38.1) 7.46 x (189.5 x 381.0) Access in Top (two places) (478.5) 8.0 (08.3) 7.36 (694.9) 9.05 (737.9) (1104.9) 90 Max. Door Opening 3.7 (831.1) Top View 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required (154.0) Front View.00 (50.8).90 (581.7) (1176.0) (1394.5) Bottom View 90 Max. Door Opening 7.06 (687.3) 8.75 (.3) Drive Circuit Breaker Door Handle (key-lock optional) 8.50 x 1.00 (15.9 x 304.8) Bottom Access (303.0) 5.00 (635.0) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-19

220 .7 CPX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size hp I L and hp I H 480V hp I L and hp I H 575V (374.9) (86.0) (774.7) (806.5) Side View Finish: Enclosure ANSI 61 Gray (light) Material: Enclosure and Backplate 1 ga. = Cold Rolled Steel (143.0) 9.03 (9.4) 1.00 x (533.4 x 54.0) Access in Top Keypad Operator Elements When Specified, Mounted on These Panels 9.04 (737.6) 4.87 (13.7).00 (50.8) (397.0) (397.3) Top View 4.00 (101.6) Minimum Free Air Space Required (908.1) (908.1) (03.0) Front View (965.) 4.0 (1067.3) 78.0 (1981.7) Bottom View 1.00 x (533.4 x 54.0) Bottom Access Flanged Disconnect Supplied with Circuit Breaker When Specified Door Handle (key-lock optional) Quarter-Turn Latch (four places) Intake Ventilating Slots (filtered on Type 1) (451.9) V6-T-0 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

221 CPX9000 Drives.7 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Size F Type 3R Drives 5 50 hp I L and 5 00 hp I H 480V 5 00 hp I L and hp I H 575V Type 3R Drives Exhaust Air Venting Slots Enclosure Door Stop Keypad Located Inside Locking Enclosure Door Operator Elements When Specified, Mounted Inside Locking Enclosure Door 9.3 (744.7) 9.08 (30.5) 6.8 (173.3) CPX9000 Enclosure Dimensions Enclosure Size 1 Width Height Depth (154.0) (908.0) (119.) 3.11 (78.9) (950.7) 45.3 (1151.1) Notes 1 Enclosure sizes accommodate drive and options, including bypass and disconnect. For other power options, consult your Eaton representative. Consult factory. Limited power options available. 3 Enclosure size 11 consists of two of the enclosure size 9. 4 All Type 3R drives use the Size F enclosure. Approx. Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) (76.0) (86.0) 1.50 (546.1) 1000 (454) (119.) (86.0) 6.14 (664.0) 1400 (636) (154.0) (86.0) 5.74 (653.8) 1800 (817) (03.0) (86.0) (806.5) 100 (953) (3048.0) (86.0) 5.74 (653.8) 500 (1,135) F (154.0) (374.9) (95.5) 500 (1,135) x 8.50 (457. x 15.9) Side Access Flanged Disconnect Supplied with Circuit Breaker When Specified Key Locking Three-Position Latch Filtered Intake Air Ventilating Slots (374.9) x 8.50 (457. x 15.9) Bottom Access (95.5) 5.84 (656.) 9.58 (751.) Exhaust Air Venting Slots Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-1

222 .8 LCX9000 Drives LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Contents LCX9000 Drives Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Options Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams Dimensions Page V6-T-3 V6-T-4 V6-T-7 V6-T-9 V6-T-30 V6-T-3 Product The LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Drive family continues Eaton s tradition of providing state-of-the-industry products, by taking advantage of liquid cooling technology in lieu of air-cooling techniques. The LCX9000 drives are liquid-cooled products that utilize potable water or a water-glycol mixture as a cooling medium. Features and Benefits Compact size and low heat transfer rates allow enclosure size to be greatly reduced, which is especially beneficial in UL Type 4X applications Design is modular, with control and power modules independent of each other. Connection between power and control modules can be direct or extended via a fiber optic cable Same reliable control module and operating system as the SPX9000 air-cooled drives CE mark ensures compliance with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC) and the Low Voltage Directive (LVD) Reliable drive with over 500,000 hours MTBF based on MIL 17 Currently supports DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP, Modbus RTU and Modbus TCP communication protocols Separately mounted line reactor included with AC fed models s and Certifications CE V6-T- Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

223 LCX9000 Drives.8 Catalog Number Selection LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Product Family LCX = High performance, liquid-cooled drive 016 = 16A 0 = A 031 = 31A 038 = 38A 045 = 45A 061 = 61A 07 = 7A 087 = 87A 105 = 105A 140 = 140A 168 = 168A 05 = 05A 61 = 61A 300 = 300A 170 = 170A 08 = 08A 61 = 61A 35 = 35A 385 = 385A 416 = 416A 460 = 460A 50 = 50A Current Rating 480V 385 = 385A 460 = 460A 50 = 50A 590 = 590A 650 = 650A 730 = 730A 80 = 80A 90 = 90A H10 = 1030A H11 = 1150A H13 = 1370A H16 = 1640A H0 = 060A H3 = 300A 690V 590 = 590A 650 = 650A 750 = 750A 80 = 80A H10 = 1030A H11 = 1180A H13 = 1300A H15 = 1500A Note 1 Brake chopper is only available in 480V CH3 drives. LCX 016 A 0 4 A 3 B Software Series A = Enclosure Rating 0 = Open chassis Voltage Rating 4 = V 5 = V Keypad A = Alphanumeric Input Options 3 = Three-phase, EMC T 7 = DC Input Options List options in alphabetical order. Extended I/O Card Options A3 = RO, therm A4 = Encoder low volt +5V/15V/4V A5 = Encoder high volt +15V/4V A7 = Dual encoder +15V/4V A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO AE = Encoder with DOs B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B4 = 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT + 4 Vdc B5 = 3 RO (NO) B8 = 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input BB = SPI, absolute encoder Communication Cards CA = Johnson Controls N CI = Modbus TCP C = Modbus C3 = Profibus DP C4 = LonWorks C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector) C6 = CANopen (Slave) C7 = DeviceNet C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector) D1 = Adapter D = Adapter D3 = RS-3 with D9 Connection Board Modifications = Varnished boards Brake Chopper Options 1 N = No brake chopper circuit B = Internal brake chopper Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-3

224 .8 LCX9000 Drives Product Selection LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Drives Vac Liquid Cooled Drives Motor Output Current Thermal, I th (A) I L (A) I H (A) kw Chassis Catalog Number CH3 LCX016A0-4A3N CH3 LCX0A0-4A3N CH3 LCX031A0-4A3N CH3 LCX038A0-4A3N CH3 LCX045A0-4A3N CH3 LCX061A0-4A3N CH4 LCX07A0-4A3N CH4 LCX087A0-4A3N CH4 LCX105A0-4A3N CH4 LCX140A0-4A3N CH5 LCX168A0-4A3N CH5 LCX05A0-4A3N CH5 LCX61A0-4A3N CH61 LCX300A0-4A3N CH61 LCX385A0-4A3N CH7 LCX460A0-4A3N CH7 LCX50A0-4A3N CH7 LCX590A0-4A3N CH7 LCX650A0-4A3N CH7 LCX730A0-4A3N CH63 LCX80A0-4A3N CH63 LCX90A0-4A3N CH63 LCXH10A0-4A3N CH63 LCXH11A0-4A3N CH74 LCXH13A0-4A3N CH74 LCXH16A0-4A3N CH74 LCXH0A0-4A3N CH74 LCXH3A0-4A3N V6-T-4 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

225 LCX9000 Drives.8 LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Drives Vac Liquid Cooled Drives Motor Output Current Thermal, I th (A) I L (A) I H (A) kw Chassis Catalog Number CH61 LCX170A0-5A3N CH61 LCX08A0-5A3N CH7 LCX61A0-5A3N CH7 LCX35A0-5A3N CH7 LCX385A0-5A3N CH7 LCX416A0-5A3N CH7 LCX460A0-5A3N CH7 LCX50A0-5A3N CH63 LCX590A0-5A3N CH63 LCX650A0-5A3N CH63 LCX750A0-5A3N CH74 LCX80A0-5A3N CH74 LCX90A0-5A3N CH74 LCXH10A0-5A3N CH74 LCXH11A0-5A3N CH74 LCXH13A0-5A3N CH74 LCXH15A0-5A3N Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Units Drive Output Current Motor Output Power Power Loss Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor c/a/t I th (A) I L (A) I H (A) at I th 400V (kw) at I th 500V (kw) (kw) Chassis Catalog Number /0./0.6 CH3 LCX016A0-4A7B /0./0.7 CH3 LCX0A0-4A7B /0./0.9 CH3 LCX031A0-4A7B /0./1.0 CH3 LCX038A0-4A7B /0.3/1.3 CH3 LCX045A0-4A7B /0.3/1.5 CH3 LCX061A0-4A7B /0.3/1.5 CH4 LCX07A0-4A7N /0.3/1.8 CH4 LCX087A0-4A7N /0.3/.1 CH4 LCX105A0-4A7N /0.3/.6 CH4 LCX140A0-4A7N /0.3/.8 CH5 LCX168A0-4A7N /0.4/3.4 CH5 LCX05A0-4A7N /0.4/4.4 CH5 LCX61A0-4A7N /0.4/4.9 CH61 LCX300A0-4A7N /0.5/6.0 CH61 LCX385A0-4A7N /0.5/6.0 CH6 LCX460A0-4A7N /0.5/7.0 CH6 LCX50A0-4A7N /0.6/8.1 CH6 LCX590A0-4A7N Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-5

226 .8 LCX9000 Drives LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Drives Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Units, continued Drive Output Current Thermal I th (A) Rated Cont. I L (A) Rated Cont. I H (A) Motor Output Power Power Loss Optimum Motor Optimum Motor c/a/t at I th 400V (kw) at I th 500V (kw) (kw) Chassis Catalog Number /0.6/9.1 CH6 LCX650A0-4A7N /0.7/10.7 CH6 LCX730A0-4A7N /0.8/13.3 CH63 LCX80A0-4A7N /0.9/15.3 CH63 LCX90A0-4A7N /1.0/17.5 CH63 LCXH10A0-4A7N /10.1/19.5 CH63 LCXH11A0-4A7N /1.0/16.5 CH64 LCXH13A0-4A7N /1./0.7 CH64 LCXH16A0-4A7N /1.5/8.0 CH64 LCXH0A0-4A7N /1.7/31.3 CH64 LCXH3A0-4A7N /.0/38.0 *CH64 LCXH4A0-4A7N /.4/41.4 *CH64 LCXH9A0-4A7N /.7/50.7 *CH64 LCXH37A0-4A7N /3.0/66.0 *CH64 LCXH41A0-4A7N Vdc Liquid Cooled Inverter Unit Drive Output Current Motor Output Power Power Loss Thermal Rated Cont. Rated Cont. Optimum Motor Optimum Motor c/a/t I th (A) I L (A) I H (A) at I th 400V (kw) at I th 500V (kw) (kw) Chassis Catalog Number /0./4.7 CH61 LCX170A0-5A7N /0.3/5.8 CH61 LCX08A0-5A7N /0.3/5.8 CH61 LCX61A0-5A7N /0.3/6.8 CH6 LCX35A0-5A7N /0.4/7.9 CH6 LCX385A0-5A7N /0.4/8.4 CH6 LCX416A0-5A7N /0.4/8.9 CH6 LCX460A0-5A7N /0.5/10.5 CH6 LCX50A0-5A7N /0.5/10.5 CH63 LCX590A0-5A7N /0.7/14. CH63 LCX650A0-5A7N /0.8/16.8 CH63 LCX750A0-5A7N /0.8/16.8 CH64 LCX80A0-5A7N /0.9/18.9 CH64 LCX90A0-5A7N /1.0/0.0 CH64 LCXH10A0-5A7N /10.1/0.1 CH64 LCXH11A0-5A7N /1.4/8.4 CH64 LCXH13A0-5A7N /1.6/33.6 CH64 LCXH15A0-5A7N N/A CH64 LCXH17A0-5A7N /1.8/36.0 *CH64 LCXH18A0-5A7N /.0/39.8 *CH64 LCXH1A0-5A7N /.5/51.1 *CH64 LCXH3A0-5A7N /3.0/60.6 *CH64 LCXH7A0-5A7N N/A *CH64 LCXH31A0-5A7N V6-T-6 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

227 LCX9000 Drives.8 Options 9000X Series Option Board Kits The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards. The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B. Option Boards A B C D E Option Board Kits Option Kit 1 Allowed Slot Locations Field Installed Catalog Number Factory Installed Option Designator Notes 1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location. 3 OPTC is a multi-protocol option card. SVX Ready Programs Local/ Basic Remote MSS PID Multi-P. PFC I/O Cards RO (NC-NO) B OPTA 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1AO, Vdc ref, A OPTA9 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc Extended I/O Cards RO, therm B OPTA3 A3 Encoder low Volt +5V/15V/4V C OPTA4 A4 Encoder high Volt +15V/4V C OPTA5 A5 Dual encoder +15V/4V C OPTA7 A7 6 DI, 1 DO, AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 3 DI (encoder 10 4V), out +15V/+4V, C OPTAE AE DO (pulse+direction) SPX only 6 DI, 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm B, C, D, E OPTB B 1 AI (ma isolated), AO (ma isolated), B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc 3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 1 ext +4 Vdc/EXT +4 Vdc, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 4 40 Vac input B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 SPI, absolute encoder C OPTBB BB Communication Cards 3 Modbus D, E OPTC C Johnson Controls N D, E OPTC CA Profibus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 Profibus DP (D9 connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 CanOpen (slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 Modbus (D9 Type connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI Adapter SPX only D, E OPTD1 D1 Adapter SPX only D, E OPTD D RS-3 with D9 connection D, E OPTD3 D3 Keypad 9000X Series standard keypad KEYPAD- STD 9000X Series remote mount keypad unit OPTRMT- (keypad not included, includes 10 ft cable, KIT-9000X keypad holder, mounting hardware) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-7

228 .8 LCX9000 Drives Line Reactors The line reactor carries out several functions in the liquid cooled drive. Connection of the line reactor is necessary except if you have a component in your system that performs the same tasks (e.g. a transformer). The line Line Reactor Specifications Drive Rating 480V Drive Rating 690V reactor is needed as an essential component for motor control, to protect the input and DC-link components against abrupt changes of current and voltage as well as to function as a protection Thermal Current (A) Notes 1 Inductances for different supply voltages: A = Vac; B = Vac. Drives require three chokes of the designated catalog number with six-pulse supply. Nominal Inductance (μh) A/B 1 against harmonics. The line reactors are included in the standard delivery of liquidcooled drives (not inverters). However, you can also order your drive without a line reactor. Calculated Loss (W) Choke Catalog Number (690 Vac) 16 to A 1 to 3A CHK003N6A0 31 to 38A 31 to 38A CHK0038N6A0 45 to 61A 46 to 6A CHK006N6A0 7 to 87A 7 to 87A CHK0087N6A0 105 to 140A 105 to 140A CHK0145N6A0 168 to 61A 170 to 61A / CHK061N6A0 300 to 385A 35 to 385A 80 to 1180A / CHK0400N6A0 460 to 50A 1370A 416 to 50A 50 65/ CHK050N6A to 1500A 590 to 650A 590 to 650A / CHK0650N6A0 1640A 730A / CHK0730N6A0 060A 80A 300A 750A N/A N/A N/A CHK080N6A0 90 to 1030A / CHK1030N6A0 1150A / CHK1150N6A0 Dimensions, see Page V6-T-3. V6-T-8 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

229 LCX9000 Drives.8 Technical Data and Specifications LCX9000 Products Specification General Specifications Line voltage 400 to 500 Vac; 55 to 690 Vac; ( 10% to 10%) 465 to 800 Vdc; 640 to 1100 Vdc; ( 0 to 0%) Frequency 50/60 Hz Line voltage variation 10% to 10% Input frequency variation Hz Continuous output current Rated current at incoming cooling liquid temperature of 30 C Output frequency 0 30 Hz Drive efficiency >95% Power factor (displacement) 0.96 Liquid coolant pressure 87 psi (6 bar) maximum Liquid coolant flow rate 1.3 to 7.9 gal./min. (5 to 30 liter/min.) minimum depending on drive size Liquid coolant fittings quick connect, NPT Operating ambient temperature 10/50 C Storage temperature 40/70 C Humidity 95% maximum (non-condensing) Altitude 3300 ft (1000 m) maximum without derating Enclosure IP00 Warranty terms, 3 years with certified start-up Mains Connection Input voltage (V in ) Vac; Vac; ( 10% 10%) Vdc; Vdc; ( 0 0%) Input frequency (f in ) 45 66Hz Connection to mains Once per minute or less (normal case) Motor Connection Output voltage 0 V in Continuous output current Rated current at nominal inflow cooling water temperature of 30 C; Overload sec./0 sec. Starting current Rated current at sec./0 sec. if output frequency <30 Hz and temperature of heatsink <149 F (65 C) Output frequency 0 30 Hz (standard); 700 Hz (special software) Frequency resolution Application dependent Control Characteristics Control method Frequency control (V/f) Open loop: Sensorless vector control Closed loop: Frequency control Closed loop: Vector control Switching frequency Adjustable with parameter V 1 Up to and including 61-Amp size: 1 16 khz (factory default, 10 khz) From 7-Amp size: 1 1 khz (factory default, 3.6 khz) 575V 1 1 6kHz (factory default, 1.5kHz) Frequency reference Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10 bits); accuracy ±1% Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz Field weakening point Acceleration time Deceleration time Braking torque Hz seconds seconds DC brake: 30% x T n (without brake option) Ambient Conditions Ambient operating temperature Storage temperature Relative humidity Air quality Altitude Vibration Shock Enclosure class EMC Immunity Emissions Safety Approvals Control Connections Analog input voltage Analog input current Digital inputs Auxiliary voltage Output reference voltage Analog output Digital outputs Relay outputs Specification 14 F ( 10 C), no frost to 1 F (50 C) at I th 1 to 158 F (50 to 70 C), derating required 40 F to 158 F ( 40 to 70 C) No liquid in heatsink under 3 F (0 C) 5 96% RH, noncondensing, no dripping water Chemical vapors: IEC , unit in operation, class 3C Mechanical particles: IEC , unit in operation, class 3S (no conductive dust allowed); No corrosive gases Up to 1,000m: 100% load capacity (no derating) Above 1,000m: Derating of 1% per each 100m required EN 50178, EN ; Hz Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm (peak) at 3 31 Hz Max. acceleration amplitude: 1G at Hz EN 50178, EN , UPS drop test (for applicable UPS weights) Storage and shipping: Max. 15G, 11 ms (in package) IP00 open frame standard in entire kw/hp range Fulfils all EMC immunity requirements EMC level N; EMC level T for IT networks EN 50178, EN , CE, UL, CUL, FI, GOST R, IEC (See unit nameplate for more detailed approvals.) 0 to +10V, R i = 00 kohm ( 10V to +10V joystick control) Resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1% 0(4) 0 ma, R i = 50 ohm differential 6 positive or negative logic; 18 4 Vdc +4V, ±15%, max. 50 ma +10V, +3%, max. load 10 ma 0(4) 0 ma, R L max. 500 ohm Resolution 10 bits; accuracy ±% Open collector output, 50 ma/48v Two programmable change-over relay outputs Switching capacity: 4 Vdc/8A, 50 Vac/8A, 15 Vdc/0.4A Min. switching load: 5V/10 ma Note 1 Derating required if higher switching frequency than the default is used. Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-9

230 .8 LCX9000 Drives LCX9000 Products, continued Specification Protections Overvoltage protection 480V 575V Undervoltage protection 480V 575V Ground fault protection Mains supervision Motor phase supervision Unit overtemperature protection Alarm limit Trip limit Wiring Diagrams Cooling System Diagrams 911V 100V Example of a Typical Cooling System 333V 461V In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable, only the drive is protected Trips if any of the input phases are missing (drives only) Trips if any of the output phases are missing 149 F (65 C) for heatsink, 158 F (70 C) for circuit boards 158 F (70 C) for heatsink, 185 F (85 C) for circuit boards Protections, continued Overcurrent protection Motor overload protection Motor stall protection Motor underload protection Short-circuit protection Liquid Cooling Allowed cooling agents Temperature of cooling agent System max. working pressure System max. peak pressure Pressure loss (at nominal flow) 30.0C 35.4C Heat Exchanger Specification Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (+4V and +10V reference voltages) Drinking water Water-glycol mixture 3 to 86 F (0 to 30 C) at I th for input; 86 to 149 F (30 to 65 C) Max. temperature rise during circulation: 9 F (5 C), no condensation allowed 87 psi (6 bar) 580 psi (40 bar) Varies according to size 18.0C 6.1C V6-T-30 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

231 LCX9000 Drives.8 Example PI-Diagram of a Typical Cooling System and Connections Cooling Water Inlet Cooling Water Outlet Customer I/O Board Diagrams Delivery A9 Option Board Control Wiring Basic I/O Board A9 +10 V ref AI1+ GND AI+ 4V out GND DIN1 DIN DIN3 CMA 4V out AI- GND 13 DIN4 14 DIN5 15 DIN6 16 CMB 17 AO1+ AO DO1 0 Reference (voltage) Reference (current) Control Voltage Output 4V GND 4V GND 0 (4)/0mA RL<500W + V<+48V I<50mA Dotted lines indicate the connections for inverted signals Frequency Converters Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-31

232 .8 LCX9000 Drives A Option Board Wiring Basic Relay Board A Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Line Reactors Sizes Up To 61A H1 ZWY VXU W1 D1 RO1/1 RO1/ RO1/3 RO/1 RO/ RO/3 Catalog Number H1 W1 D R L AC / DC Switching: <8 A / 4 Vdc <0.4 A / 15 Vdc <8 A / 50 Vac < Arms Continuous Sizes Larger Than 61A H1 W1 Weight Lbs (kg) CHK003N6A (178) 9.06 (30) 4.76 (11) (10) CHK0038N6A0 8.3 (09) (70) 5.71 (145) 33 (15) CHK006N6A (13) (300) 6.30 (160) 44 (0) CHK0087N6A (3) (300) 6.69 (170) 57 (6) CHK0145N6A (9) (300) 7.8 (185) 8 (37) CHK00N6A (306) (35) 7.8 (185) 119 (54) CHK035N6A (347) (35) 7.8 (185) 13 (60) CHK0460N6A (43) (348) 9.41 (39) 03 (9) CHK050N6A (447) (394) (7) 31 (105) CHK0590N6A (519) (394) (7) 76 (15) CHK0650N6A (51) (394) (7) 76 (15) CHK0750N6A0 4.7 (68) (394) (8) 331 (150) CHK080N6A0 4.7 (68) (394) (8) 331 (150) CHK1000N6A0.68 (576) (497) (301) 441 (00) CHK1150N6A0.83 (580) (497) (301) 441 (00) Mains Converters D1 V6-T-3 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

233 LCX9000 Drives.8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) LCX9000 Drives Chassis Size, CH3 H1 H H3 W1 W W3 Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 W W3 R1 Dia. R Dia Vac (431.0) Chassis Size, CH4 Right Side Front R1 R H (13.5) 0.59 (15.0) 9.69 (46.0) Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 W W3 R1 Dia. R Dia Vac (493.0) H H (1.5) D1 Side W1 W W3 Front 1.77 (45.0) R1 R (57.5) D1 Left Side Top Bottom 6.30 (160.0) 7.60 (193.0) 4.80 (1.0) 3.35 (85.0) 4.80 (1.0) Top Bottom 5.4 (133.0) 0.39 (10.0) 0.39 (10.0) 0.35 (9.0) Weight Lbs (kg) 66 (30) Weight Lbs (kg) 77 (35) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-33

234 .8 LCX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Chassis Size, CH5 H1 H3 H Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 W W3 R1 Dia. R Dia Vac (553.0) Chassis Size, CH61 Top Bottom W1 W W3 Front R (33.0) (505.0) (64.0) Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 W W3 R1 Dia. R Dia Vac Vac (658.0) R1.09 (53.0) D1 Side Right Side 3.3 (590.0) R H3 H (373.0) 9.69 (46) 9.69 (46.0) Bottom W1 W W3 Front Top 3.94 (100.0) R (100.0) 7.87 (00.0) H (150.0) 0.51 (13.0) 0.55 (14.0) D1 Left Side Weight Lbs (kg) 88 (40) 0.51 (13.0) Weight Lbs (kg) 11 (55) V6-T-34 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

235 LCX9000 Drives.8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Liquid-Cooled Inverter Chassis Size, CH6 Top Bottom Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 W W3 R1 Dia. R Dia Vdc Vdc (673) Chassis Size, CH63 Top Bottom.0 (53) 3.3 (590) (373) Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 W R1 Dia Vac Vac (93.5) D1 Side Right Side 0.91 (3.0) H1 R (873.5) 9.69 (46) R W W1 Front (390.0) W1 W W3 Front 3.94 (100) (505.0) H3 H R1 H H (150) H (355.0) 0.55 (14) D1 Left Side 0.43 (11.0) 0.51 (13) Weight Lbs (kg) 64 (10) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-35

236 .8 LCX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Liquid-Cooled Inverter with Mounting Bracket, Chassis Size CH64, IP90 Bottom W W W W1 Right Side Front Left Side Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 W R1 Dia Vdc Vdc (94) (6) (873) (390) (746) (00) (11) R1 H H3 H1 Top D1 V6-T-36 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

237 LCX9000 Drives.8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Chassis Size, CH7 Top Bottom H Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 R1 Dia. R Dia Vac Vac (1076.5) W1 W1 Front R (40.0) H3 H1 R (1000.0) (37.0) D1 Side 7.87 (00.0) 0.55 (14.0) 0.51 (13.0) Weight Lbs (kg) 198 (90) Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-37

238 .8 LCX9000 Drives Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Chassis Size, CH74 Voltage Amps H1 H H3 D1 W1 W W3 W4 R1 Dia. R Dia Vac Vac (1076.5) Control Unit 1.57 (40.0) (1000.0) (37.0) H1 H H3 D1 D W (38.5) W1 Front H (8.5) Top Bottom D H H (300.0) D1 Side.95 (75.0) Back H (8.5) W H3 H 5.75 (146.0) W3 W (738.0) Bottom 0.91 (3.0) R W4 W1 Front 7.87 (00.0) 9.69 (46) R (13.0) 0.55 (14.0) D1 Side Weight Lbs (kg) 617 (80) V6-T-38 Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01

239 SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Common DC Bus Drive Products.9 SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Common DC Bus Drive Products Product Eaton offers a comprehensive range of common DC bus drive products. The product family covers a number of front-end units and inverter units in the entire power range from 1-1/ to 000 horsepower at 460V and 690V. The drive components are built on the SPX9000 technology. Front-End Units The front-end units convert a mains AC voltage and current into a DC voltage and current. The power is transferred from the mains to a common DC bus (and, in certain cases, vice versa). The SPA (active front-end) unit is a bidirectional (regenerative) power converter for the front end of a common DC bus drive line up. An external LCL filter is used at the input. This unit is suitable in applications where low mains harmonics are required. Contents SPA9000/SPN9000/SPI9000 Common DC Bus Drive Products Application Product Comparison Features s and Certifications Catalog Number Selection Product Selection Options Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams Dimensions The SPN (non-regenerative front-end) unit is a unidirectional (motoring) power converter for the front-end of a common DC bus drive line-up. The device operates as a diode bridge using diode/ thyristor components. A dedicated external choke is used at the input. The unit has the capacity to charge a common DC bus. This unit is suitable as a rectifying device when a normal level of harmonics is accepted and no regeneration to the mains is required. Page V6-T-40 V6-T-40 V6-T-41 V6-T-41 V6-T-41 V6-T-43 V6-T-46 V6-T-47 V6-T-49 V6-T-50 Inverter Unit The SPI9000 Inverter Unit is a bidirectional DC-fed power inverter for the supply and control of AC motors. The inverter is supplied from a common DC bus drive lineup. A charging circuit is needed in case a connection to a live DC bus is required. The DC side charging circuit is integrated up to 75 kw (FR4 FR8) and external for higher power ratings (FI9 FI14). Volume 6 Solid-State Motor Control CA E June 01 V6-T-39